xiaomi-sm8450/android_kernel_xiaomi_sm8450
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input

Browse Source 
Pull input subsystem updates from Dmitry Torokhov:

 - a big update from Mauro converting input documentation to ReST format

 - Synaptics PS/2 is now aware of SMBus companion devices, which means
   that we can now use native RMI4 protocol to handle touchpads, instead
   of relying on legacy PS/2 mode.

 - we removed support from BMA180 accelerometer from input devices as it
   is now handled properly by IIO

 - update to TSC2007 to corretcly report pressure

 - other miscellaneous driver fixes.

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dtor/input: (152 commits)
  Input: ar1021_i2c - use BIT to check for a bit
  Input: twl4030-pwrbutton - use input_set_capability() helper
  Input: twl4030-pwrbutton - use correct device for irq request
  Input: ar1021_i2c - enable touch mode during open
  Input: add uinput documentation
  dt-bindings: input: add bindings document for ar1021_i2c driver
  dt-bindings: input: rotary-encoder: fix typo
  Input: xen-kbdfront - add module parameter for setting resolution
  ARM: pxa/raumfeld: fix compile error in rotary controller resources
  Input: xpad - do not suggest writing to Dominic
  Input: xpad - don't use literal blocks inside footnotes
  Input: xpad - note that usb/devices is now at /sys/kernel/debug/
  Input: docs - freshen up introduction
  Input: docs - split input docs into kernel- and user-facing
  Input: docs - note that MT-A protocol is obsolete
  Input: docs - update joystick documentation a bit
  Input: docs - remove disclaimer/GPL notice
  Input: fix "Game console" heading level in joystick documentation
  Input: rotary-encoder - remove references to platform data from docs
  Input: move documentation for Amiga CD32
  ...
This commit is contained in:
Linus Torvalds
2017-05-03 12:38:20 -07:00
parent d25e436c4b 0337966d12
commit 16a12fa9ae
129 changed files with 7664 additions and 5446 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

19
Documentation/input/cd32.txt
View File

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
I have written a small patch that let's me use my Amiga CD32
joypad connected to the parallel port. Thought I'd share it with you so
you can add it to the list of supported joysticks (hopefully someone will
find it useful).
It needs the following wiring:
CD32 pad | Parallel port
----------------------------
1 (Up) | 2 (D0)
2 (Down) | 3 (D1)
3 (Left) | 4 (D2)
4 (Right) | 5 (D3)
5 (Fire3) | 14 (AUTOFD)
6 (Fire1) | 17 (SELIN)
7 (+5V) | 1 (STROBE)
8 (Gnd) | 18 (Gnd)
9 (Fire2) | 7 (D5)

10
Documentation/input/conf.py Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*-
project = "The Linux input driver subsystem"
tags.add("subproject")
latex_documents = [
('index', 'linux-input.tex', project,
'The kernel development community', 'manual'),
]

45
Documentation/input/alps.txt → Documentation/input/devices/alps.rst
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
----------------------
ALPS Touchpad Protocol
----------------------
Introduction
------------
Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports seven protocol versions in use by
ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.
ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
Since roughly mid-2010 several new ALPS touchpads have been released and
integrated into a variety of laptops and netbooks. These new touchpads
@@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ of the EC response.
Packet Format
-------------
In the following tables, the following notation is used.
In the following tables, the following notation is used::
CAPITALS = stick, miniscules = touchpad
@@ -88,6 +89,8 @@ extra buttons, stick buttons on a dualpoint, etc.
PS/2 packet format
------------------
::
byte 0: 0 0 YSGN XSGN 1 M R L
byte 1: X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
byte 2: Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0
@@ -99,7 +102,9 @@ are on the touchpad, the M R L bits signal the combined status of both the
pointingstick and touchpad buttons.
ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 1
--------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
::
byte 0: 1 0 0 0 1 x9 x8 x7
byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
@@ -111,6 +116,8 @@ ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 1
ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 2
---------------------------------------
::
byte 0: 1 ? ? ? 1 PSM PSR PSL
byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 ? fin ges
@@ -127,6 +134,8 @@ and PSL bits.
Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format
---------------------------------------------
::
byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 0 fin ges
@@ -149,7 +158,7 @@ ALPS protocol version 3 has three different packet formats. The first two are
associated with touchpad events, and the third is associated with trackstick
events.
The first type is the touchpad position packet.
The first type is the touchpad position packet::
byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4
@@ -165,7 +174,7 @@ The second packet type contains bitmaps representing the x and y axes. In the
bitmaps a given bit is set if there is a finger covering that position on the
given axis. Thus the bitmap packet can be used for low-resolution multi-touch
data, although finger tracking is not possible. This packet also encodes the
number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below).
number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below)::
byte 0: 1 1 x1 x0 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2
@@ -178,7 +187,7 @@ This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and
usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although
occasionally it's seen with only a single contact).
The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet.
The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet::
byte 0: 1 1 x7 y7 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
@@ -190,7 +199,7 @@ The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet.
ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 4
---------------------------------------
Protocol version 4 has an 8-byte packet format.
Protocol version 4 has an 8-byte packet format::
byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4
@@ -203,7 +212,7 @@ Protocol version 4 has an 8-byte packet format.
The last two bytes represent a partial bitmap packet, with 3 full packets
required to construct a complete bitmap packet. Once assembled, the 6-byte
bitmap packet has the following format:
bitmap packet has the following format::
byte 0: 0 1 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2
byte 1: 0 x1 x0 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
@@ -238,7 +247,7 @@ decode. It uses the same alps_process_touchpad_packet_v3 call with a
specialized decode_fields function pointer to correctly interpret the
packets. This appears to only be used by the Dolphin devices.
For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is:
For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is::
byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
@@ -247,7 +256,7 @@ For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is:
byte 4: y10 y9 y8 y7 x10 x9 x8 x7
byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0
For mt, the format is:
For mt, the format is::
byte 0: 1 1 1 n3 1 n2 n1 x24
byte 1: 1 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1
@@ -259,7 +268,7 @@ For mt, the format is:
ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 6
---------------------------------------
For trackstick packet, the format is:
For trackstick packet, the format is::
byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
@@ -268,7 +277,7 @@ For trackstick packet, the format is:
byte 4: Z7 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0
byte 5: 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
For touchpad packet, the format is:
For touchpad packet, the format is::
byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
byte 1: 0 0 0 0 x3 x2 x1 x0
@@ -282,7 +291,7 @@ For touchpad packet, the format is:
ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 7
---------------------------------------
For trackstick packet, the format is:
For trackstick packet, the format is::
byte 0: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
byte 1: 1 1 * * 1 M R L
@@ -291,7 +300,7 @@ For trackstick packet, the format is:
byte 4: Y7 0 Y5 Y4 Y3 1 1 0
byte 5: T&P 0 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0
For touchpad packet, the format is:
For touchpad packet, the format is::
packet-fmt b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
byte 0: TWO & MULTI L 1 R M 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0
@@ -328,7 +337,7 @@ Spoken by SS4 (73 03 14) and SS5 (73 03 28) hardware.
The packet type is given by the APD field, bits 4-5 of byte 3.
Touchpad packet (APD = 0x2):
Touchpad packet (APD = 0x2)::
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 0 0 X7
@@ -340,7 +349,7 @@ Touchpad packet (APD = 0x2):
SWM, SWR, SWL: Middle, Right, and Left button states
Touchpad 1 Finger packet (APD = 0x0):
Touchpad 1 Finger packet (APD = 0x0)::
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 X2 X1 X0
@@ -353,7 +362,7 @@ Touchpad 1 Finger packet (APD = 0x0):
TAPF: ???
LFB: ???
Touchpad 2 Finger packet (APD = 0x1):
Touchpad 2 Finger packet (APD = 0x1)::
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4
@@ -365,7 +374,7 @@ Touchpad 2 Finger packet (APD = 0x1):
CONT: A 3-or-4 Finger packet is to follow
Touchpad 3-or-4 Finger packet (APD = 0x3):
Touchpad 3-or-4 Finger packet (APD = 0x3)::
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4

181
Documentation/input/amijoy.txt → Documentation/input/devices/amijoy.rst
View File

@@ -1,67 +1,101 @@
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Amiga joystick extensions
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Amiga 4-joystick parport extension
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Parallel port pins:
(2) - Up1 (6) - Up2
(3) - Down1 (7) - Down2
(4) - Left1 (8) - Left2
(5) - Right1 (9) - Right2
(13) - Fire1 (11) - Fire2
(18) - Gnd1 (18) - Gnd2
===== ======== ==== ==========
Pin Meaning Pin Meaning
===== ======== ==== ==========
2 Up1 6 Up2
3 Down1 7 Down2
4 Left1 8 Left2
5 Right1 9 Right2
13 Fire1 11 Fire2
18 Gnd1 18 Gnd2
===== ======== ==== ==========
Amiga digital joystick pinout
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(1) - Up
(2) - Down
(3) - Left
(4) - Right
(5) - n/c
(6) - Fire button
(7) - +5V (50mA)
(8) - Gnd
(9) - Thumb button
=== ============
Pin Meaning
=== ============
1 Up
2 Down
3 Left
4 Right
5 n/c
6 Fire button
7 +5V (50mA)
8 Gnd
9 Thumb button
=== ============
Amiga mouse pinout
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(1) - V-pulse
(2) - H-pulse
(3) - VQ-pulse
(4) - HQ-pulse
(5) - Middle button
(6) - Left button
(7) - +5V (50mA)
(8) - Gnd
(9) - Right button
=== ============
Pin Meaning
=== ============
1 V-pulse
2 H-pulse
3 VQ-pulse
4 HQ-pulse
5 Middle button
6 Left button
7 +5V (50mA)
8 Gnd
9 Right button
=== ============
Amiga analog joystick pinout
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(1) - Top button
(2) - Top2 button
(3) - Trigger button
(4) - Thumb button
(5) - Analog X
(6) - n/c
(7) - +5V (50mA)
(8) - Gnd
(9) - Analog Y
=== ==============
Pin Meaning
=== ==============
1 Top button
2 Top2 button
3 Trigger button
4 Thumb button
5 Analog X
6 n/c
7 +5V (50mA)
8 Gnd
9 Analog Y
=== ==============
Amiga lightpen pinout
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(1) - n/c
(2) - n/c
(3) - n/c
(4) - n/c
(5) - Touch button
(6) - /Beamtrigger
(7) - +5V (50mA)
(8) - Gnd
(9) - Stylus button
=== =============
Pin Meaning
=== =============
1 n/c
2 n/c
3 n/c
4 n/c
5 Touch button
6 /Beamtrigger
7 +5V (50mA)
8 Gnd
9 Stylus button
=== =============
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
======== === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
NAME rev ADDR type chip Description
======== === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
JOY0DAT 00A R Denise Joystick-mouse 0 data (left vert, horiz)
JOY1DAT 00C R Denise Joystick-mouse 1 data (right vert,horiz)
======== === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
These addresses each read a 16 bit register. These in turn
are loaded from the MDAT serial stream and are clocked in on
@@ -71,12 +105,17 @@ JOY1DAT 00C R Denise Joystick-mouse 1 data (right vert,horiz)
controller ports (8 total) plus 8 miscellaneous control bits
which are new for LISA and can be read in upper 8 bits of
LISAID.
Register bits are as follows:
Mouse counter usage (pins 1,3 =Yclock, pins 2,4 =Xclock)
Register bits are as follows:
- Mouse counter usage (pins 1,3 =Yclock, pins 2,4 =Xclock)
======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
JOY0DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
0=LEFT CONTROLLER PAIR, 1=RIGHT CONTROLLER PAIR.
(4 counters total). The bit usage for both left and right
@@ -86,14 +125,21 @@ JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
| Serial | Bit Name | Description |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
+========+==========+=========================================+
| 0 | M0H | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 1 | M0HQ | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 2 | M0V | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 3 | M0VQ | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 4 | M1V | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 5 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 6 | M1V | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
| 7 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) |
+--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+
@@ -104,46 +150,65 @@ JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
| Directions | Pin# | Counter bits |
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
+============+======+=================================+
| Forward | 1 | Y1 xor Y0 (BIT#09 xor BIT#08) |
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
| Left | 3 | Y1 |
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
| Back | 2 | X1 xor X0 (BIT#01 xor BIT#00) |
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
| Right | 4 | X1 |
+------------+------+---------------------------------+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
======== === ==== ==== ====== =================================================
NAME rev ADDR type chip Description
======== === ==== ==== ====== =================================================
JOYTEST 036 W Denise Write to all 4 joystick-mouse counters at once.
======== === ==== ==== ====== =================================================
Mouse counter write test data:
========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx
JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx
========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
======= === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
NAME rev ADDR type chip Description
======= === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
POT0DAT h 012 R Paula Pot counter data left pair (vert, horiz)
POT1DAT h 014 R Paula Pot counter data right pair (vert,horiz)
======= === ==== ==== ====== ========================================
These addresses each read a pair of 8 bit pot counters.
(4 counters total). The bit assignment for both
addresses is shown below. The counters are stopped by signals
from 2 controller connectors (left-right) with 2 pins each.
====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
RIGHT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
LEFT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === ===
+--------------------------+-------+
| CONNECTORS | PAULA |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
| Loc. | Dir. | Sym | pin | pin |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
+=======+======+=====+=====+=======+
| RIGHT | Y | RX | 9 | 33 |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
| RIGHT | X | RX | 5 | 32 |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
| LEFT | Y | LY | 9 | 36 |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
| LEFT | X | LX | 5 | 35 |
+-------+------+-----+-----+-------+
@@ -155,30 +220,44 @@ POT1DAT h 014 R Paula Pot counter data right pair (vert,horiz)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
NAME rev ADDR type chip Description
POTGO 034 W Paula Pot port (4 bit) bi-direction and data, and pot counter start.
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
POTGO 034 W Paula Pot port (4 bit) bi-direction and data, and pot
counter start.
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
NAME rev ADDR type chip Description
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
POTINP 016 R Paula Pot pin data read
====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================
This register controls a 4 bit bi-direction I/O port
that shares the same 4 pins as the 4 pot counters above.
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| BIT# | FUNCTION | DESCRIPTION |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
+=======+==========+=============================================+
| 15 | OUTRY | Output enable for Paula pin 33 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 14 | DATRY | I/O data Paula pin 33 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 13 | OUTRX | Output enable for Paula pin 32 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 12 | DATRX | I/O data Paula pin 32 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 11 | OUTLY | Out put enable for Paula pin 36 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 10 | DATLY | I/O data Paula pin 36 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 09 | OUTLX | Output enable for Paula pin 35 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 08 | DATLX | I/O data Paula pin 35 |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 07-01 | X | Not used |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
| 00 | START | Start pots (dump capacitors,start counters) |
+-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

45
Documentation/input/appletouch.txt → Documentation/input/devices/appletouch.rst
View File

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
----------------------------------
Apple Touchpad Driver (appletouch)
----------------------------------
Copyright (C) 2005 Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
appletouch is a Linux kernel driver for the USB touchpad found on post
February 2005 and October 2005 Apple Aluminium Powerbooks.
This driver is derived from Johannes Berg's appletrackpad driver[1], but it has
been improved in some areas:
This driver is derived from Johannes Berg's appletrackpad driver [#f1]_,
but it has been improved in some areas:
* appletouch is a full kernel driver, no userspace program is necessary
* appletouch can be interfaced with the synaptics X11 driver, in order
to have touchpad acceleration, scrolling, etc.
@@ -16,8 +21,8 @@ Frank Arnold for further improvements, and Alex Harper for some additional
information about the inner workings of the touchpad sensors. Michael
Hanselmann added support for the October 2005 models.
Usage:
------
Usage
-----
In order to use the touchpad in the basic mode, compile the driver and load
the module. A new input device will be detected and you will be able to read
@@ -27,13 +32,13 @@ In X11, you can configure the touchpad to use the synaptics X11 driver, which
will give additional functionalities, like acceleration, scrolling, 2 finger
tap for middle button mouse emulation, 3 finger tap for right button mouse
emulation, etc. In order to do this, make sure you're using a recent version of
the synaptics driver (tested with 0.14.2, available from [2]), and configure a
new input device in your X11 configuration file (take a look below for an
example). For additional configuration, see the synaptics driver documentation.
the synaptics driver (tested with 0.14.2, available from [#f2]_), and configure
a new input device in your X11 configuration file (take a look below for an
example). For additional configuration, see the synaptics driver documentation::
Section "InputDevice"
Identifier "Synaptics Touchpad"
Driver "synaptics"
Identifier "Synaptics Touchpad"
Driver "synaptics"
Option "SendCoreEvents" "true"
Option "Device" "/dev/input/mice"
Option "Protocol" "auto-dev"
@@ -60,8 +65,8 @@ example). For additional configuration, see the synaptics driver documentation.
...
EndSection
Fuzz problems:
--------------
Fuzz problems
-------------
The touchpad sensors are very sensitive to heat, and will generate a lot of
noise when the temperature changes. This is especially true when you power-on
@@ -73,13 +78,17 @@ the driver.
You can activate debugging using the 'debug' module parameter. A value of 0
deactivates any debugging, 1 activates tracing of invalid samples, 2 activates
full tracing (each sample is being traced):
full tracing (each sample is being traced)::
modprobe appletouch debug=1
or
or::
echo "1" > /sys/module/appletouch/parameters/debug
Links:
------
[1]: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/
[2]: http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html
.. Links:
.. [#f1] http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/
.. [#f2] `<http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://web.telia.com/~u89404340/touchpad/index.html>`_

225
Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt → Documentation/input/devices/atarikbd.rst
View File

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
====================================
Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) Protocol
====================================
1. Introduction
Introduction
============
The Atari Corp. Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) is a general purpose keyboard
controller that is flexible enough that it can be used in a variety of
@@ -18,7 +21,8 @@ different applications of the keyboard, joysticks, or mouse. Limited use of
the controller is possible in applications in which only a unidirectional
communications medium is available by carefully designing the default modes.
3. Keyboard
Keyboard
========
The keyboard always returns key make/break scan codes. The ikbd generates
keyboard scan codes for each key press and release. The key scan make (key
@@ -28,19 +32,25 @@ exists in that position on a particular keyboard. The break code for each key
is obtained by ORing 0x80 with the make code.
The special codes 0xF6 through 0xFF are reserved for use as follows:
=================== ====================================================
Code Command
=================== ====================================================
0xF6 status report
0xF7 absolute mouse position record
0xF8-0xFB relative mouse position records (lsbs determined by
mouse button states)
mouse button states)
0xFC time-of-day
0xFD joystick report (both sticks)
0xFE joystick 0 event
0xFF joystick 1 event
=================== ====================================================
The two shift keys return different scan codes in this mode. The ENTER key
and the RETurn key are also distinct.
4. Mouse
Mouse
=====
The mouse port should be capable of supporting a mouse with resolution of
approximately 200 counts (phase changes or 'clicks') per inch of travel. The
@@ -53,7 +63,8 @@ key equivalents.
The mouse buttons can be treated as part of the mouse or as additional
keyboard keys.
4.1 Relative Position Reporting
Relative Position Reporting
---------------------------
In relative position mode, the ikbd will return relative mouse position
records whenever a mouse event occurs. A mouse event consists of a mouse
@@ -67,7 +78,8 @@ been 'paused' ( the event will be stored until keyboard communications is
resumed) (b) while any event is being transmitted.
The relative mouse position record is a three byte record of the form
(regardless of keyboard mode):
(regardless of keyboard mode)::
%111110xy ; mouse position record flag
; where y is the right button state
; and x is the left button state
@@ -81,13 +93,15 @@ If the accumulated motion before the report packet is generated exceeds the
Note that the sign of the delta y reported is a function of the Y origin
selected.
4.2 Absolute Position reporting
Absolute Position reporting
---------------------------
The ikbd can also maintain absolute mouse position. Commands exist for
resetting the mouse position, setting X/Y scaling, and interrogating the
current mouse position.
4.3 Mouse Cursor Key Mode
Mouse Cursor Key Mode
---------------------
The ikbd can translate mouse motion into the equivalent cursor keystrokes.
The number of mouse clicks per keystroke is independently programmable in
@@ -99,32 +113,38 @@ break code for the appropriate cursor key. The mouse buttons produce scan
codes above those normally assigned for the largest envisioned keyboard (i.e.
LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75).
5. Joystick
Joystick
========
5.1 Joystick Event Reporting
Joystick Event Reporting
------------------------
In this mode, the ikbd generates a record whenever the joystick position is
changed (i.e. for each opening or closing of a joystick switch or trigger).
The joystick event record is two bytes of the form:
The joystick event record is two bytes of the form::
%1111111x ; Joystick event marker
; where x is Joystick 0 or 1
%x000yyyy ; where yyyy is the stick position
; and x is the trigger
5.2 Joystick Interrogation
Joystick Interrogation
----------------------
The current state of the joystick ports may be interrogated at any time in
this mode by sending an 'Interrogate Joystick' command to the ikbd.
The ikbd response to joystick interrogation is a three byte report of the form
The ikbd response to joystick interrogation is a three byte report of the form::
0xFD ; joystick report header
%x000yyyy ; Joystick 0
%x000yyyy ; Joystick 1
; where x is the trigger
; and yyy is the stick position
5.3 Joystick Monitoring
Joystick Monitoring
-------------------
A mode is available that devotes nearly all of the keyboard communications
time to reporting the state of the joystick ports at a user specifiable rate.
@@ -132,7 +152,8 @@ It remains in this mode until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE
command in this mode not only stop the output but also temporarily stops
scanning the joysticks (samples are not queued).
5.4 Fire Button Monitoring
Fire Button Monitoring
----------------------
A mode is provided to permit monitoring a single input bit at a high rate. In
this mode the ikbd monitors the state of the Joystick 1 fire button at the
@@ -142,7 +163,8 @@ until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE command in this mode not
only stops the output but also temporarily stops scanning the button (samples
are not queued).
5.5 Joystick Key Code Mode
Joystick Key Code Mode
----------------------
The ikbd may be commanded to translate the use of either joystick into the
equivalent cursor control keystroke(s). The ikbd provides a single breakpoint
@@ -152,18 +174,21 @@ for the appropriate cursor motion keys. The trigger or fire buttons of the
joysticks produce pseudo key scan codes above those used by the largest key
matrix envisioned (i.e. JOYSTICK0=0x74, JOYSTICK1=0x75).
6. Time-of-Day Clock
Time-of-Day Clock
=================
The ikbd also maintains a time-of-day clock for the system. Commands are
available to set and interrogate the timer-of-day clock. Time-keeping is
maintained down to a resolution of one second.
7. Status Inquiries
Status Inquiries
================
The current state of ikbd modes and parameters may be found by sending status
inquiry commands that correspond to the ikbd set commands.
8. Power-Up Mode
Power-Up Mode
=============
The keyboard controller will perform a simple self-test on power-up to detect
major controller faults (ROM checksum and RAM test) and such things as stuck
@@ -183,13 +208,17 @@ both buttons are logically connected to it. If a mouse disable command is
received while port 0 is presumed to be a mouse, the button is logically
assigned to Joystick1 (until the mouse is reenabled by another mouse command).
9. ikbd Command Set
ikbd Command Set
================
This section contains a list of commands that can be sent to the ikbd. Command
codes (such as 0x00) which are not specified should perform no operation
(NOPs).
9.1 RESET
RESET
-----
::
0x80
0x01
@@ -208,7 +237,10 @@ ikbd will then scan the key matrix for any stuck (closed) keys. Any keys found
closed will cause the break scan code to be generated (the break code arriving
without being preceded by the make code is a flag for a key matrix error).
9.2. SET MOUSE BUTTON ACTION
SET MOUSE BUTTON ACTION
-----------------------
::
0x07
%00000mss ; mouse button action
@@ -217,14 +249,17 @@ without being preceded by the make code is a flag for a key matrix error).
; position report
; where y=1, mouse key press causes absolute report
; and x=1, mouse key release causes absolute report
; mss=100, mouse buttons act like keys
; mss=100, mouse buttons act like keys
This command sets how the ikbd should treat the buttons on the mouse. The
default mouse button action mode is %00000000, the buttons are treated as part
of the mouse logically.
When buttons act like keys, LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75.
9.3 SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING
SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING
-------------------------------------
::
0x08
@@ -235,14 +270,17 @@ key mode, mouse position reports may also be generated when either mouse
button is pressed or released. Otherwise the mouse buttons behave as if they
were keyboard keys.
9.4 SET ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING
SET ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING
------------------------------
::
0x09
XMSB ; X maximum (in scaled mouse clicks)
XLSB
YMSB ; Y maximum (in scaled mouse clicks)
YLSB
Set absolute mouse position maintenance. Resets the ikbd maintained X and Y
coordinates.
In this mode, the value of the internally maintained coordinates does NOT wrap
@@ -250,7 +288,10 @@ between 0 and large positive numbers. Excess motion below 0 is ignored. The
command sets the maximum positive value that can be attained in the scaled
coordinate system. Motion beyond that value is also ignored.
9.5 SET MOUSE KEYCODE MOSE
SET MOUSE KEYCODE MOSE
----------------------
::
0x0A
deltax ; distance in X clicks to return (LEFT) or (RIGHT)
@@ -263,7 +304,10 @@ either axis. When the keyboard is in key scan code mode, mouse motion will
cause the make code immediately followed by the break code. Note that this
command is not affected by the mouse motion origin.
9..6 SET MOUSE THRESHOLD
SET MOUSE THRESHOLD
-------------------
::
0x0B
X ; x threshold in mouse ticks (positive integers)
@@ -274,7 +318,10 @@ it does NOT affect the resolution of the data returned to the host. This
command is valid only in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITIONING mode. The thresholds
default to 1 at RESET (or power-up).
9.7 SET MOUSE SCALE
SET MOUSE SCALE
---------------
::
0x0C
X ; horizontal mouse ticks per internal X
@@ -288,7 +335,10 @@ information is available only by interrogating the ikbd in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE
POSITIONING mode unless the ikbd has been commanded to report on button press
or release (see SET MOSE BUTTON ACTION).
9.8 INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION
INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION
--------------------------
::
0x0D
Returns:
@@ -306,7 +356,10 @@ or release (see SET MOSE BUTTON ACTION).
The INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION command is valid when in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE
POSITIONING mode, regardless of the setting of the MOUSE BUTTON ACTION.
9.9 LOAD MOUSE POSITION
LOAD MOUSE POSITION
-------------------
::
0x0E
0x00 ; filler
@@ -318,7 +371,10 @@ POSITIONING mode, regardless of the setting of the MOUSE BUTTON ACTION.
This command allows the user to preset the internally maintained absolute
mouse position.
9.10 SET Y=0 AT BOTTOM
SET Y=0 AT BOTTOM
-----------------
::
0x0F
@@ -327,7 +383,10 @@ logical coordinate system internal to the ikbd for all relative or absolute
mouse motion. This causes mouse motion toward the user to be negative in sign
and away from the user to be positive.
9.11 SET Y=0 AT TOP
SET Y=0 AT TOP
--------------
::
0x10
@@ -336,7 +395,10 @@ system within the ikbd for all relative or absolute mouse motion. (DEFAULT)
This causes mouse motion toward the user to be positive in sign and away from
the user to be negative.
9.12 RESUME
RESUME
------
::
0x11
@@ -345,7 +407,10 @@ its output has been paused also causes an implicit RESUME this command can be
thought of as a NO OPERATION command. If this command is received by the ikbd
and it is not PAUSED, it is simply ignored.
9.13 DISABLE MOUSE
DISABLE MOUSE
-------------
::
0x12
@@ -356,7 +421,10 @@ ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING, and SET MOUSE KEYCODE MODE. )
N.B. If the mouse buttons have been commanded to act like keyboard keys, this
command DOES affect their actions.
9.14 PAUSE OUTPUT
PAUSE OUTPUT
------------
::
0x13
@@ -381,21 +449,30 @@ When the ikbd is in either the JOYSTICK MONITORING mode or the FIRE BUTTON
MONITORING mode, the PAUSE OUTPUT command also temporarily stops the
monitoring process (i.e. the samples are not enqueued for transmission).
0.15 SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING
SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING
----------------------------
::
0x14
Enter JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode (DEFAULT). Each opening or closure of a
joystick switch or trigger causes a joystick event record to be generated.
9.16 SET JOYSTICK INTERROGATION MODE
SET JOYSTICK INTERROGATION MODE
-------------------------------
::
0x15
Disables JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING. Host must send individual JOYSTICK
INTERROGATE commands to sense joystick state.
9.17 JOYSTICK INTERROGATE
JOYSTICK INTERROGATE
--------------------
::
0x16
@@ -403,7 +480,10 @@ Return a record indicating the current state of the joysticks. This command
is valid in either the JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode or the JOYSTICK
INTERROGATION MODE.
9.18 SET JOYSTICK MONITORING
SET JOYSTICK MONITORING
-----------------------
::
0x17
rate ; time between samples in hundredths of a second
@@ -419,7 +499,10 @@ between joystick samples.
N.B. The user should not set the rate higher than the serial communications
channel will allow the 2 bytes packets to be transmitted.
9.19 SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING
SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING
--------------------------
::
0x18
Returns: (as long as in mode)
@@ -432,7 +515,10 @@ is scanned at a rate that causes 8 samples to be made in the time it takes for
the previous byte to be sent to the host (i.e. scan rate = 8/10 * baud rate).
The sample interval should be as constant as possible.
9.20 SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE
SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE
-------------------------
::
0x19
RX ; length of time (in tenths of seconds) until
@@ -462,7 +548,10 @@ Note that by setting RX and/or Ry to zero, the velocity feature can be
disabled. The values of TX and TY then become meaningless, and the generation
of cursor 'keystrokes' is set by VX and VY.
9.21 DISABLE JOYSTICKS
DISABLE JOYSTICKS
-----------------
::
0x1A
@@ -472,7 +561,10 @@ joystick mode commands are SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING, SET JOYSTICK
INTERROGATION MODE, SET JOYSTICK MONITORING, SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING, and
SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE.)
9.22 TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK SET
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK SET
---------------------
::
0x1B
YY ; year (2 least significant digits)
@@ -487,7 +579,10 @@ Any digit that is not a valid BCD digit should be treated as a 'don't care'
and not alter that particular field of the date or time. This permits setting
only some subfields of the time-of-day clock.
9.23 INTERROGATE TIME-OF-DAT CLOCK
INTERROGATE TIME-OF-DAT CLOCK
-----------------------------
::
0x1C
Returns:
@@ -501,7 +596,10 @@ only some subfields of the time-of-day clock.
All time-of-day is sent in packed BCD format.
9.24 MEMORY LOAD
MEMORY LOAD
-----------
::
0x20
ADRMSB ; address in controller
@@ -512,7 +610,10 @@ only some subfields of the time-of-day clock.
This command permits the host to load arbitrary values into the ikbd
controller memory. The time between data bytes must be less than 20ms.
9.25 MEMORY READ
MEMORY READ
-----------
::
0x21
ADRMSB ; address in controller
@@ -524,7 +625,10 @@ controller memory. The time between data bytes must be less than 20ms.
This command permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory.
9.26 CONTROLLER EXECUTE
CONTROLLER EXECUTE
------------------
::
0x22
ADRMSB ; address of subroutine in
@@ -533,8 +637,11 @@ This command permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory.
This command allows the host to command the execution of a subroutine in the
ikbd controller memory.
9.27 STATUS INQUIRIES
STATUS INQUIRIES
----------------
::
Status commands are formed by inclusively ORing 0x80 with the
relevant SET command.
@@ -568,7 +675,7 @@ off the status report header byte) and later send them back as commands to
ikbd to restore its state. The 0 pad bytes will be treated as NOPs by the
ikbd.
Valid STATUS INQUIRY commands are:
Valid STATUS INQUIRY commands are::
0x87 mouse button action
0x88 mouse mode
@@ -595,14 +702,17 @@ STATUS INQUIRY commands are not valid if the ikbd is in JOYSTICK MONITORING
mode or FIRE BUTTON MONITORING mode.
10. SCAN CODES
SCAN CODES
==========
The key scan codes returned by the ikbd are chosen to simplify the
implementation of GSX.
GSX Standard Keyboard Mapping.
GSX Standard Keyboard Mapping
======= ============
Hex Keytop
======= ============
01 Esc
02 1
03 2
@@ -614,8 +724,8 @@ Hex Keytop
09 8
0A 9
0B 0
0C -
0D ==
0C \-
0D \=
0E BS
0F TAB
10 Q
@@ -643,9 +753,9 @@ Hex Keytop
26 L
27 ;
28 '
29 `
29 \`
2A (LEFT) SHIFT
2B \
2B \\
2C Z
2D X
2E C
@@ -707,3 +817,4 @@ Hex Keytop
70 KEYPAD 0
71 KEYPAD .
72 KEYPAD ENTER
======= ============

43
Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt → Documentation/input/devices/bcm5974.rst
View File

@@ -1,19 +1,25 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
------------------------
BCM5974 Driver (bcm5974)
------------------------
Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2009 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
The USB initialization and package decoding was made by Scott Shawcroft as
part of the touchd user-space driver project:
Copyright (C) 2008 Scott Shawcroft (scott.shawcroft@gmail.com)
:Copyright: |copy| 2008 Scott Shawcroft (scott.shawcroft@gmail.com)
The BCM5974 driver is based on the appletouch driver:
Copyright (C) 2001-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
Copyright (C) 2005 Johannes Berg (johannes@sipsolutions.net)
Copyright (C) 2005 Stelian Pop (stelian@popies.net)
Copyright (C) 2005 Frank Arnold (frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de)
Copyright (C) 2005 Peter Osterlund (petero2@telia.com)
Copyright (C) 2005 Michael Hanselmann (linux-kernel@hansmi.ch)
Copyright (C) 2006 Nicolas Boichat (nicolas@boichat.ch)
:Copyright: |copy| 2001-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com)
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Johannes Berg (johannes@sipsolutions.net)
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop (stelian@popies.net)
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Frank Arnold (frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de)
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Peter Osterlund (petero2@telia.com)
:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Michael Hanselmann (linux-kernel@hansmi.ch)
:Copyright: |copy| 2006 Nicolas Boichat (nicolas@boichat.ch)
This driver adds support for the multi-touch trackpad on the new Apple
Macbook Air and Macbook Pro laptops. It replaces the appletouch driver on
@@ -44,22 +50,21 @@ Debug output
To ease the development for new hardware version, verbose packet output can
be switched on with the debug kernel module parameter. The range [1-9]
yields different levels of verbosity. Example (as root):
yields different levels of verbosity. Example (as root)::
echo -n 9 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
echo -n 9 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
tail -f /var/log/debug
tail -f /var/log/debug
echo -n 0 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
echo -n 0 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug
Trivia
------
The driver was developed at the ubuntu forums in June 2008 [1], and now has
a more permanent home at bitmath.org [2].
The driver was developed at the ubuntu forums in June 2008 [#f1]_, and now has
a more permanent home at bitmath.org [#f2]_.
Links
-----
.. Links
[1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040
[2] http://bitmath.org/code/
.. [#f1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040
.. [#f2] http://bitmath.org/code/

74
Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt → Documentation/input/devices/cma3000_d0x.rst
View File

@@ -1,30 +1,37 @@
Kernel driver for CMA3000-D0x
============================
CMA3000-D0x Accelerometer
=========================
Supported chips:
* VTI CMA3000-D0x
Datasheet:
CMA3000-D0X Product Family Specification 8281000A.02.pdf
<http://www.vti.fi/en/>
Author: Hemanth V <hemanthv@ti.com>
:Author: Hemanth V <hemanthv@ti.com>
Description
-----------
CMA3000 Tri-axis accelerometer supports Motion detect, Measurement and
Free fall modes.
Motion Detect Mode: Its the low power mode where interrupts are generated only
when motion exceeds the defined thresholds.
Motion Detect Mode:
Its the low power mode where interrupts are generated only
when motion exceeds the defined thresholds.
Measurement Mode: This mode is used to read the acceleration data on X,Y,Z
axis and supports 400, 100, 40 Hz sample frequency.
Measurement Mode:
This mode is used to read the acceleration data on X,Y,Z
axis and supports 400, 100, 40 Hz sample frequency.
Free fall Mode: This mode is intended to save system resources.
Free fall Mode:
This mode is intended to save system resources.
Threshold values: Chip supports defining threshold values for above modes
which includes time and g value. Refer product specifications for more details.
Threshold values:
Chip supports defining threshold values for above modes
which includes time and g value. Refer product specifications for
more details.
CMA3000 chip supports mutually exclusive I2C and SPI interfaces for
communication, currently the driver supports I2C based communication only.
@@ -38,28 +45,40 @@ Platform data need to be configured for initial default values.
Platform Data
-------------
fuzz_x: Noise on X Axis
fuzz_y: Noise on Y Axis
fuzz_x:
Noise on X Axis
fuzz_z: Noise on Z Axis
fuzz_y:
Noise on Y Axis
g_range: G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000
fuzz_z:
Noise on Z Axis
mode: Default Operating mode
g_range:
G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000
mdthr: Motion detect g range threshold value
mode:
Default Operating mode
mdfftmr: Motion detect and free fall time threshold value
mdthr:
Motion detect g range threshold value
ffthr: Free fall g range threshold value
mdfftmr:
Motion detect and free fall time threshold value
ffthr:
Free fall g range threshold value
Input Interface
--------------
---------------
Input driver version is 1.0.0
Input device ID: bus 0x18 vendor 0x0 product 0x0 version 0x0
Input device name: "cma3000-accelerometer"
Supported events:
Supported events::
Event type 0 (Sync)
Event type 3 (Absolute)
Event code 0 (X)
@@ -87,7 +106,8 @@ Supported events:
Register/Platform parameters Description
----------------------------------------
mode:
mode::
0: power down mode
1: 100 Hz Measurement mode
2: 400 Hz Measurement mode
@@ -97,19 +117,23 @@ mode:
6: 40 Hz Free fall mode
7: Power off mode
grange:
grange::
2000: 2000 mg or 2G Range
8000: 8000 mg or 8G Range
mdthr:
mdthr::
X: X * 71mg (8G Range)
X: X * 18mg (2G Range)
mdfftmr:
mdfftmr::
X: (X & 0x70) * 100 ms (MDTMR)
(X & 0x0F) * 2.5 ms (FFTMR 400 Hz)
(X & 0x0F) * 10 ms (FFTMR 100 Hz)
ffthr:
ffthr::
X: (X >> 2) * 18mg (2G Range)
X: (X & 0x0F) * 71 mg (8G Range)

28
Documentation/input/cs461x.txt → Documentation/input/devices/cs461x.rst
View File

@@ -1,36 +1,34 @@
Preface.
Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS461 joystick
================================================
This is a new low-level driver to support analog joystick attached to
Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS4615. This code is based upon
Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS4615. This code is based upon
Vortex/Solo drivers as an example of decoration style, and ALSA
0.5.8a kernel drivers as an chipset documentation and samples.
This version does not have cooked mode support; the basic code
is present here, but have not tested completely. The button analysis
is completed in this mode, but the axis movement is not.
This version does not have cooked mode support; the basic code
is present here, but have not tested completely. The button analysis
is completed in this mode, but the axis movement is not.
Raw mode works fine with analog joystick front-end driver and cs461x
driver as a backend. I've tested this driver with CS4610, 4-axis and
driver as a backend. I've tested this driver with CS4610, 4-axis and
4-button joystick; I mean the jstest utility. Also I've tried to
play in xracer game using joystick, and the result is better than
keyboard only mode.
The sensitivity and calibrate quality have not been tested; the two
reasons are performed: the same hardware cannot work under Win95 (blue
screen in VJOYD); I have no documentation on my chip; and the existing
behavior in my case was not raised the requirement of joystick calibration.
reasons are performed: the same hardware cannot work under Win95 (blue
screen in VJOYD); I have no documentation on my chip; and the existing
behavior in my case was not raised the requirement of joystick calibration.
So the driver have no code to perform hardware related calibration.
The patch contains minor changes of Config.in and Makefile files. All
needed code have been moved to one separate file cs461x.c like ns558.c
This driver have the basic support for PCI devices only; there is no
ISA or PnP ISA cards supported. AFAIK the ns558 have support for Crystal
ISA and PnP ISA series.
ISA or PnP ISA cards supported.
The driver works with ALSA drivers simultaneously. For example, the xracer
uses joystick as input device and PCM device as sound output in one time.
There are no sound or input collisions detected. The source code have
comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized
comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized
separately of ALSA modules. So, you can use only one joystick driver
without ALSA drivers. The ALSA drivers are not needed to compile or
run this driver.
@@ -38,7 +36,7 @@ run this driver.
There are no debug information print have been placed in source, and no
specific options required to work this driver. The found chipset parameters
are printed via printk(KERN_INFO "..."), see the /var/log/messages to
inspect cs461x: prefixed messages to determine possible card detection
inspect cs461x: prefixed messages to determine possible card detection
errors.
Regards,

0
Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt → Documentation/input/devices/edt-ft5x06.rst
View File

306
Documentation/input/elantech.txt → Documentation/input/devices/elantech.rst
View File

@@ -10,9 +10,7 @@ Elantech Touchpad Driver
received from Woody at Xandros and forwarded to me
by user StewieGriffin at the eeeuser.com forum
Contents
~~~~~~~~
.. Contents
1. Introduction
2. Extra knobs
@@ -45,8 +43,8 @@ Contents
1. Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of four different
hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1,version 2, version 3
@@ -88,11 +86,8 @@ available Elantech documentation the information is provided here anyway for
completeness sake.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2. Extra knobs
~~~~~~~~~~~
Extra knobs
~~~~~~~~~~~
Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides three extra knobs under
/sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? for the user.
@@ -142,18 +137,17 @@ Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides three extra knobs under
Reading the crc_enabled value will show the active value. Echoing
"0" or "1" to this file will set the state to "0" or "1".
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Differentiating hardware versions
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3. Differentiating hardware versions
=================================
To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]
To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]::
4 bytes version: (after the arrow is the name given in the Dell-provided driver)
02.00.22 => EF013
02.06.00 => EF019
In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21,
02.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06.
02.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06::
6 bytes:
02.00.30 => EF113
@@ -162,6 +156,7 @@ In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21,
02.0B.00 => EF215
04.01.XX => Scroll_EF051
04.02.XX => EF051
In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 04.03.01, 04.04.11. There
appears to be almost no difference, except for EF113, which does not report
pressure/width and has different data consistency checks.
@@ -170,21 +165,20 @@ Probably all the versions with param[0] <= 01 can be considered as
4 bytes/firmware 1. The versions < 02.08.00, with the exception of 02.00.30, as
4 bytes/firmware 2. Everything >= 02.08.00 can be considered as 6 bytes.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4. Hardware version 1
==================
Hardware version 1
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4.1 Registers
~~~~~~~~~
Registers
---------
By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
For example:
For example::
echo -n 0x16 > reg_10
* reg_10
* reg_10::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B C T D L A S E
@@ -198,7 +192,7 @@ For example:
C: 1 = enable corner tap
B: 1 = swap left and right button
* reg_11
* reg_11::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 0 H V 1 F P
@@ -208,40 +202,41 @@ For example:
V: 1 = enable vertical scroll area
H: 1 = enable horizontal scroll area
* reg_20
* reg_20::
single finger width?
* reg_21
* reg_21::
scroll area width (small: 0x40 ... wide: 0xff)
* reg_22
* reg_22::
drag lock time out (short: 0x14 ... long: 0xfe;
0xff = tap again to release)
* reg_23
* reg_23::
tap make timeout?
* reg_24
* reg_24::
tap release timeout?
* reg_25
* reg_25::
smart edge cursor speed (0x02 = slow, 0x03 = medium, 0x04 = fast)
* reg_26
* reg_26::
smart edge activation area width?
4.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Native relative mode 4 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
byte 0::
byte 0:
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
c c p2 p1 1 M R L
@@ -251,20 +246,23 @@ byte 0:
p1..p2 = byte 1 and 2 odd parity bit
c = 1 when corner tap detected
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
dx7 dx6 dx5 dx4 dx3 dx2 dx1 dx0
dx7..dx0 = x movement; positive = right, negative = left
byte 1 = 0xf0 when corner tap detected
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
dy7 dy6 dy5 dy4 dy3 dy2 dy1 dy0
dy7..dy0 = y movement; positive = up, negative = down
byte 3:
byte 3::
parity checking enabled (reg_11, P = 1):
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
@@ -296,14 +294,15 @@ byte 3:
positive = down
4.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
EF013 and EF019 have a special behaviour (due to a bug in the firmware?), and
when 1 finger is touching, the first 2 position reports must be discarded.
This counting is reset whenever a different number of fingers is reported.
byte 0:
byte 0::
firmware version 1.x:
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
@@ -322,7 +321,8 @@ byte 0:
p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit
n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad
byte 1:
byte 1::
firmware version 1.x:
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
@@ -337,65 +337,68 @@ byte 1:
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
. . . . x9 x8 y9 y8
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x9..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
y9..y0 = absolute y value (vertical)
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Hardware version 2
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
5. Hardware version 2
==================
5.1 Registers
~~~~~~~~~
Registers
---------
By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
For example:
For example::
echo -n 0x56 > reg_10
* reg_10
* reg_10::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 1 0 1 0 1 D 0
D: 1 = enable drag and drop
* reg_11
* reg_11::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 0 0 S 0 1 0
S: 1 = enable vertical scroll
* reg_21
* reg_21::
unknown (0x00)
* reg_22
* reg_22::
drag and drop release time out (short: 0x70 ... long 0x7e;
0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release)
5.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
5.2.1 Parity checking and packet re-synchronization
Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
Parity checking and packet re-synchronization
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
There is no parity checking, however some consistency checks can be performed.
For instance for EF113:
For instance for EF113::
SA1= packet[0];
A1 = packet[1];
B1 = packet[2];
@@ -410,7 +413,8 @@ For instance for EF113:
(((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( C1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) ) // check Byte 5
// error detected
For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:
For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits::
if( ((packet[0] & 0x0C) != 0x04) ||
((packet[3] & 0x0f) != 0x02) )
// error detected
@@ -418,10 +422,10 @@ For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:
In case an error is detected, all the packets are shifted by one (and packet[0] is discarded).
5.2.2 One/Three finger touch
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
One/Three finger touch
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0:
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
n1 n0 w3 w2 . . R L
@@ -429,19 +433,19 @@ byte 0:
L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
n4 vf w1 w0 . . . b2
@@ -460,14 +464,14 @@ byte 3:
6 = Another one
7 = Another one
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8
p7..p0 = pressure (not EF113)
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
@@ -475,15 +479,15 @@ byte 5:
y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical)
5.2.3 Two finger touch
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Two finger touch
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Note that the two pairs of coordinates are not exactly the coordinates of the
two fingers, but only the pair of the lower-left and upper-right coordinates.
So the actual fingers might be situated on the other diagonal of the square
defined by these two points.
byte 0:
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
n1 n0 ay8 ax8 . . R L
@@ -491,47 +495,46 @@ byte 0:
L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0
ax8..ax0 = lower-left finger absolute x value
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0
ay8..ay0 = lower-left finger absolute y value
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
. . by8 bx8 . . . .
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0
bx8..bx0 = upper-right finger absolute x value
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0
by8..by0 = upper-right finger absolute y value
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Hardware version 3
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
6. Hardware version 3
==================
Registers
---------
6.1 Registers
~~~~~~~~~
* reg_10
* reg_10::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 R F T A
@@ -541,8 +544,9 @@ byte 5:
F: 1 = disable ABS Position Filter
R: 1 = enable real hardware resolution
6.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
1 and 3 finger touch shares the same 6-byte packet format, except that
3 finger touch only reports the position of the center of all three fingers.
@@ -552,19 +556,21 @@ Note on debounce:
In case the box has unstable power supply or other electricity issues, or
when number of finger changes, F/W would send "debounce packet" to inform
driver that the hardware is in debounce status.
The debouce packet has the following signature:
The debouce packet has the following signature::
byte 0: 0xc4
byte 1: 0xff
byte 2: 0xff
byte 3: 0x02
byte 4: 0xff
byte 5: 0xff
When we encounter this kind of packet, we just ignore it.
6.2.1 One/Three finger touch
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
One/Three finger touch
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0:
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
n1 n0 w3 w2 0 1 R L
@@ -572,63 +578,63 @@ byte 0:
L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 w1 w0 0 0 1 0
w3..w0 = width of the finger touch
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8
p7..p0 = pressure
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical)
6.2.2 Two finger touch
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Two finger touch
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The packet format is exactly the same for two finger touch, except the hardware
sends two 6 byte packets. The first packet contains data for the first finger,
the second packet has data for the second finger. So for two finger touch a
total of 12 bytes are sent.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Hardware version 4
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
7. Hardware version 4
==================
Registers
---------
7.1 Registers
~~~~~~~~~
* reg_07
* reg_07::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A
A: 1 = enable absolute tracking
7.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
v4 hardware is a true multitouch touchpad, capable of tracking up to 5 fingers.
Unfortunately, due to PS/2's limited bandwidth, its packet format is rather
complex.
@@ -647,45 +653,49 @@ position, until we receive a status packet.
One exception is one finger touch. when a status packet tells us there is only
one finger, the hardware would just send head packets afterwards.
7.2.1 Status packet
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Status packet
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0:
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
. . . . 0 1 R L
L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
. . . ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0
ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0 ftn = 1 when finger n is on touchpad
byte 2: not used
byte 2::
byte 3:
not used
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
. . . 1 0 0 0 0
constant bits
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p . . . . . . .
p = 1 for palm
byte 5: not used
byte 5::
7.2.2 Head packet
~~~~~~~~~~~
not used
byte 0:
Head packet
^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
w3 w2 w1 w0 0 1 R L
@@ -693,43 +703,43 @@ byte 0:
L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
w3..w0 = finger width (spans how many trace lines)
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 0 1
id2..id0 = finger id
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8
p7..p0 = pressure
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical)
7.2.3 Motion packet
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Motion packet
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0:
byte 0::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
id2 id1 id0 w 0 1 R L
@@ -739,35 +749,35 @@ byte 0:
w = 1 when delta overflows (> 127 or < -128), in this case
firmware sends us (delta x / 5) and (delta y / 5)
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement)
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
y7..y0 = delta y (two's complement)
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 1 0
id2..id0 = finger id
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement)
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0
@@ -778,33 +788,47 @@ byte 5:
byte 3 ~ 5 for another
8. Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4)
=========================================
8.1 Registers
~~~~~~~~~
Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Registers
---------
No special registers have been identified.
8.2 Native relative mode 6 byte packet format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
8.2.1 Status Packet
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Native relative mode 6 byte packet format
-----------------------------------------
Status Packet
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
byte 0::
byte 0:
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 sx sy 0 M R L
byte 1:
byte 1::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
~sx 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
byte 2:
byte 2::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
~sy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
byte 3:
byte 3::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 ~sy ~sx 0 1 1 0
byte 4:
byte 4::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
byte 5:
byte 5::
bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0

103
Documentation/input/devices/gpio-tilt.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
Driver for tilt-switches connected via GPIOs
============================================
Generic driver to read data from tilt switches connected via gpios.
Orientation can be provided by one or more than one tilt switches,
i.e. each tilt switch providing one axis, and the number of axes
is also not limited.
Data structures
---------------
The array of struct gpio in the gpios field is used to list the gpios
that represent the current tilt state.
The array of struct gpio_tilt_axis describes the axes that are reported
to the input system. The values set therein are used for the
input_set_abs_params calls needed to init the axes.
The array of struct gpio_tilt_state maps gpio states to the corresponding
values to report. The gpio state is represented as a bitfield where the
bit-index corresponds to the index of the gpio in the struct gpio array.
In the same manner the values stored in the axes array correspond to
the elements of the gpio_tilt_axis-array.
Example
-------
Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around
one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs::
static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) {
/* code to enable the sensors */
};
static void sg060_tilt_disable(struct device *dev) {
/* code to disable the sensors */
};
static struct gpio sg060_tilt_gpios[] = {
{ SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR1, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor1" },
{ SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR2, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor2" },
};
static struct gpio_tilt_state sg060_tilt_states[] = {
{
.gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
0,
},
}, {
.gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
1, /* 90 degrees */
},
}, {
.gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
2, /* 180 degrees */
},
}, {
.gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
3, /* 270 degrees */
},
},
};
static struct gpio_tilt_axis sg060_tilt_axes[] = {
{
.axis = ABS_RY,
.min = 0,
.max = 3,
.fuzz = 0,
.flat = 0,
},
};
static struct gpio_tilt_platform_data sg060_tilt_pdata= {
.gpios = sg060_tilt_gpios,
.nr_gpios = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_gpios),
.axes = sg060_tilt_axes,
.nr_axes = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_axes),
.states = sg060_tilt_states,
.nr_states = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_states),
.debounce_interval = 100,
.poll_interval = 1000,
.enable = sg060_tilt_enable,
.disable = sg060_tilt_disable,
};
static struct platform_device sg060_device_tilt = {
.name = "gpio-tilt-polled",
.id = -1,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &sg060_tilt_pdata,
},
};

381
Documentation/input/devices/iforce-protocol.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
===============
Iforce Protocol
===============
:Author: Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com>
Home page at `<http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr>`_
:Additions: by Vojtech Pavlik.
Introduction
============
This document describes what I managed to discover about the protocol used to
specify force effects to I-Force 2.0 devices. None of this information comes
from Immerse. That's why you should not trust what is written in this
document. This document is intended to help understanding the protocol.
This is not a reference. Comments and corrections are welcome. To contact me,
send an email to: johann.deneux@gmail.com
.. warning::
I shall not be held responsible for any damage or harm caused if you try to
send data to your I-Force device based on what you read in this document.
Preliminary Notes
=================
All values are hexadecimal with big-endian encoding (msb on the left). Beware,
values inside packets are encoded using little-endian. Bytes whose roles are
unknown are marked ??? Information that needs deeper inspection is marked (?)
General form of a packet
------------------------
This is how packets look when the device uses the rs232 to communicate.
== == === ==== ==
2B OP LEN DATA CS
== == === ==== ==
CS is the checksum. It is equal to the exclusive or of all bytes.
When using USB:
== ====
OP DATA
== ====
The 2B, LEN and CS fields have disappeared, probably because USB handles
frames and data corruption is handled or unsignificant.
First, I describe effects that are sent by the device to the computer
Device input state
==================
This packet is used to indicate the state of each button and the value of each
axis::
OP= 01 for a joystick, 03 for a wheel
LEN= Varies from device to device
00 X-Axis lsb
01 X-Axis msb
02 Y-Axis lsb, or gas pedal for a wheel
03 Y-Axis msb, or brake pedal for a wheel
04 Throttle
05 Buttons
06 Lower 4 bits: Buttons
Upper 4 bits: Hat
07 Rudder
Device effects states
=====================
::
OP= 02
LEN= Varies
00 ? Bit 1 (Value 2) is the value of the deadman switch
01 Bit 8 is set if the effect is playing. Bits 0 to 7 are the effect id.
02 ??
03 Address of parameter block changed (lsb)
04 Address of parameter block changed (msb)
05 Address of second parameter block changed (lsb)
... depending on the number of parameter blocks updated
Force effect
------------
::
OP= 01
LEN= 0e
00 Channel (when playing several effects at the same time, each must
be assigned a channel)
01 Wave form
Val 00 Constant
Val 20 Square
Val 21 Triangle
Val 22 Sine
Val 23 Sawtooth up
Val 24 Sawtooth down
Val 40 Spring (Force = f(pos))
Val 41 Friction (Force = f(velocity)) and Inertia
(Force = f(acceleration))
02 Axes affected and trigger
Bits 4-7: Val 2 = effect along one axis. Byte 05 indicates direction
Val 4 = X axis only. Byte 05 must contain 5a
Val 8 = Y axis only. Byte 05 must contain b4
Val c = X and Y axes. Bytes 05 must contain 60
Bits 0-3: Val 0 = No trigger
Val x+1 = Button x triggers the effect
When the whole byte is 0, cancel the previously set trigger
03-04 Duration of effect (little endian encoding, in ms)
05 Direction of effect, if applicable. Else, see 02 for value to assign.
06-07 Minimum time between triggering.
08-09 Address of periodicity or magnitude parameters
0a-0b Address of attack and fade parameters, or ffff if none.
*or*
08-09 Address of interactive parameters for X-axis,
or ffff if not applicable
0a-0b Address of interactive parameters for Y-axis,
or ffff if not applicable
0c-0d Delay before execution of effect (little endian encoding, in ms)
Time based parameters
---------------------
Attack and fade
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
::
OP= 02
LEN= 08
00-01 Address where to store the parameters
02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms)
04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte.
05-06 Duration of fade.
07 Level at end of fade.
Magnitude
^^^^^^^^^
::
OP= 03
LEN= 03
00-01 Address
02 Level. Signed byte.
Periodicity
^^^^^^^^^^^
::
OP= 04
LEN= 07
00-01 Address
02 Magnitude. Signed byte.
03 Offset. Signed byte.
04 Phase. Val 00 = 0 deg, Val 40 = 90 degs.
05-06 Period (little endian encoding, in ms)
Interactive parameters
----------------------
::
OP= 05
LEN= 0a
00-01 Address
02 Positive Coeff
03 Negative Coeff
04+05 Offset (center)
06+07 Dead band (Val 01F4 = 5000 (decimal))
08 Positive saturation (Val 0a = 1000 (decimal) Val 64 = 10000 (decimal))
09 Negative saturation
The encoding is a bit funny here: For coeffs, these are signed values. The
maximum value is 64 (100 decimal), the min is 9c.
For the offset, the minimum value is FE0C, the maximum value is 01F4.
For the deadband, the minimum value is 0, the max is 03E8.
Controls
--------
::
OP= 41
LEN= 03
00 Channel
01 Start/Stop
Val 00: Stop
Val 01: Start and play once.
Val 41: Start and play n times (See byte 02 below)
02 Number of iterations n.
Init
----
Querying features
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
::
OP= ff
Query command. Length varies according to the query type.
The general format of this packet is:
ff 01 QUERY [INDEX] CHECKSUM
responses are of the same form:
FF LEN QUERY VALUE_QUERIED CHECKSUM2
where LEN = 1 + length(VALUE_QUERIED)
Query ram size
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 42 ('B'uffer size)
The device should reply with the same packet plus two additional bytes
containing the size of the memory:
ff 03 42 03 e8 CS would mean that the device has 1000 bytes of ram available.
Query number of effects
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 4e ('N'umber of effects)
The device should respond by sending the number of effects that can be played
at the same time (one byte)
ff 02 4e 14 CS would stand for 20 effects.
Vendor's id
~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 4d ('M'anufacturer)
Query the vendors'id (2 bytes)
Product id
~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 50 ('P'roduct)
Query the product id (2 bytes)
Open device
~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 4f ('O'pen)
No data returned.
Close device
~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 43 ('C')lose
No data returned.
Query effect
~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 45 ('E')
Send effect type.
Returns nonzero if supported (2 bytes)
Firmware Version
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
QUERY = 56 ('V'ersion)
Sends back 3 bytes - major, minor, subminor
Initialisation of the device
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Set Control
~~~~~~~~~~~
.. note::
Device dependent, can be different on different models!
::
OP= 40 <idx> <val> [<val>]
LEN= 2 or 3
00 Idx
Idx 00 Set dead zone (0..2048)
Idx 01 Ignore Deadman sensor (0..1)
Idx 02 Enable comm watchdog (0..1)
Idx 03 Set the strength of the spring (0..100)
Idx 04 Enable or disable the spring (0/1)
Idx 05 Set axis saturation threshold (0..2048)
Set Effect State
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
::
OP= 42 <val>
LEN= 1
00 State
Bit 3 Pause force feedback
Bit 2 Enable force feedback
Bit 0 Stop all effects
Set overall
~~~~~~~~~~~
::
OP= 43 <val>
LEN= 1
00 Gain
Val 00 = 0%
Val 40 = 50%
Val 80 = 100%
Parameter memory
----------------
Each device has a certain amount of memory to store parameters of effects.
The amount of RAM may vary, I encountered values from 200 to 1000 bytes. Below
is the amount of memory apparently needed for every set of parameters:
- period : 0c
- magnitude : 02
- attack and fade : 0e
- interactive : 08
Appendix: How to study the protocol?
====================================
1. Generate effects using the force editor provided with the DirectX SDK, or
use Immersion Studio (freely available at their web site in the developer section:
www.immersion.com)
2. Start a soft spying RS232 or USB (depending on where you connected your
joystick/wheel). I used ComPortSpy from fCoder (alpha version!)
3. Play the effect, and watch what happens on the spy screen.
A few words about ComPortSpy:
At first glance, this software seems, hum, well... buggy. In fact, data appear with a
few seconds latency. Personally, I restart it every time I play an effect.
Remember it's free (as in free beer) and alpha!
URLS
====
Check http://www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio,
and http://www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy.
I-Force is trademark of Immersion Corp.

19
Documentation/input/devices/index.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
Driver-specific documentation
=============================
This section provides information about various devices supported by the
Linux kernel, their protocols, and driver details.
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
:numbered:
:glob:
*
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
=======
* :ref:`genindex`

611
Documentation/input/devices/joystick-parport.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
.. _joystick-parport:
==============================
Parallel Port Joystick Drivers
==============================
:Copyright: |copy| 1998-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
:Copyright: |copy| 1998 Andree Borrmann <a.borrmann@tu-bs.de>
Sponsored by SuSE
Disclaimer
==========
Any information in this file is provided as-is, without any guarantee that
it will be true. So, use it at your own risk. The possible damages that can
happen include burning your parallel port, and/or the sticks and joystick
and maybe even more. Like when a lightning kills you it is not our problem.
Introduction
============
The joystick parport drivers are used for joysticks and gamepads not
originally designed for PCs and other computers Linux runs on. Because of
that, PCs usually lack the right ports to connect these devices to. Parallel
port, because of its ability to change single bits at will, and providing
both output and input bits is the most suitable port on the PC for
connecting such devices.
Devices supported
=================
Many console and 8-bit computer gamepads and joysticks are supported. The
following subsections discuss usage of each.
NES and SNES
------------
The Nintendo Entertainment System and Super Nintendo Entertainment System
gamepads are widely available, and easy to get. Also, they are quite easy to
connect to a PC, and don't need much processing speed (108 us for NES and
165 us for SNES, compared to about 1000 us for PC gamepads) to communicate
with them.
All NES and SNES use the same synchronous serial protocol, clocked from
the computer's side (and thus timing insensitive). To allow up to 5 NES
and/or SNES gamepads and/or SNES mice connected to the parallel port at once,
the output lines of the parallel port are shared, while one of 5 available
input lines is assigned to each gamepad.
This protocol is handled by the gamecon.c driver, so that's the one
you'll use for NES, SNES gamepads and SNES mice.
The main problem with PC parallel ports is that they don't have +5V power
source on any of their pins. So, if you want a reliable source of power
for your pads, use either keyboard or joystick port, and make a pass-through
cable. You can also pull the power directly from the power supply (the red
wire is +5V).
If you want to use the parallel port only, you can take the power is from
some data pin. For most gamepad and parport implementations only one pin is
needed, and I'd recommend pin 9 for that, the highest data bit. On the other
hand, if you are not planning to use anything else than NES / SNES on the
port, anything between and including pin 4 and pin 9 will work::
(pin 9) -----> Power
Unfortunately, there are pads that need a lot more of power, and parallel
ports that can't give much current through the data pins. If this is your
case, you'll need to use diodes (as a prevention of destroying your parallel
port), and combine the currents of two or more data bits together::
Diodes
(pin 9) ----|>|-------+------> Power
|
(pin 8) ----|>|-------+
|
(pin 7) ----|>|-------+
|
<and so on> :
|
(pin 4) ----|>|-------+
Ground is quite easy. On PC's parallel port the ground is on any of the
pins from pin 18 to pin 25. So use any pin of these you like for the ground::
(pin 18) -----> Ground
NES and SNES pads have two input bits, Clock and Latch, which drive the
serial transfer. These are connected to pins 2 and 3 of the parallel port,
respectively::
(pin 2) -----> Clock
(pin 3) -----> Latch
And the last thing is the NES / SNES data wire. Only that isn't shared and
each pad needs its own data pin. The parallel port pins are::
(pin 10) -----> Pad 1 data
(pin 11) -----> Pad 2 data
(pin 12) -----> Pad 3 data
(pin 13) -----> Pad 4 data
(pin 15) -----> Pad 5 data
Note that pin 14 is not used, since it is not an input pin on the parallel
port.
This is everything you need on the PC's side of the connection, now on to
the gamepads side. The NES and SNES have different connectors. Also, there
are quite a lot of NES clones, and because Nintendo used proprietary
connectors for their machines, the cloners couldn't and used standard D-Cannon
connectors. Anyway, if you've got a gamepad, and it has buttons A, B, Turbo
A, Turbo B, Select and Start, and is connected through 5 wires, then it is
either a NES or NES clone and will work with this connection. SNES gamepads
also use 5 wires, but have more buttons. They will work as well, of course::
Pinout for NES gamepads Pinout for SNES gamepads and mice
+----> Power +-----------------------\
| 7 | o o o o | x x o | 1
5 +---------+ 7 +-----------------------/
| x x o \ | | | | |
| o o o o | | | | | +-> Ground
4 +------------+ 1 | | | +------------> Data
| | | | | | +---------------> Latch
| | | +-> Ground | +------------------> Clock
| | +----> Clock +---------------------> Power
| +-------> Latch
+----------> Data
Pinout for NES clone (db9) gamepads Pinout for NES clone (db15) gamepads
+---------> Clock +-----------------> Data
| +-------> Latch | +---> Ground
| | +-----> Data | |
| | | ___________________
_____________ 8 \ o x x x x x x o / 1
5 \ x o o o x / 1 \ o x x o x x o /
\ x o x o / 15 `~~~~~~~~~~~~~' 9
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 | | |
| | | | +----> Clock
| +----> Power | +----------> Latch
+--------> Ground +----------------> Power
Multisystem joysticks
---------------------
In the era of 8-bit machines, there was something like de-facto standard
for joystick ports. They were all digital, and all used D-Cannon 9 pin
connectors (db9). Because of that, a single joystick could be used without
hassle on Atari (130, 800XE, 800XL, 2600, 7200), Amiga, Commodore C64,
Amstrad CPC, Sinclair ZX Spectrum and many other machines. That's why these
joysticks are called "Multisystem".
Now their pinout::
+---------> Right
| +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up
| | | |
_____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1
\ x o x o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| |
| +----> Button
+--------> Ground
However, as time passed, extensions to this standard developed, and these
were not compatible with each other::
Atari 130, 800/XL/XE MSX
+-----------> Power
+---------> Right | +---------> Right
| +-------> Left | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ x o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | |
| | +----> Button | | | +----> Button 1
| +------> Power | | +------> Button 2
+--------> Ground | +--------> Output 3
+----------> Ground
Amstrad CPC Commodore C64
+-----------> Analog Y
+---------> Right | +---------> Right
| +-------> Left | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ x o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | |
| | +----> Button 1 | | | +----> Button
| +------> Button 2 | | +------> Power
+--------> Ground | +--------> Ground
+----------> Analog X
Sinclair Spectrum +2A/+3 Amiga 1200
+-----------> Up +-----------> Button 3
| +---------> Fire | +---------> Right
| | | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Ground | | | +-----> Down
| | | | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ o o x o x / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | | |
| | | +----> Right | | | +----> Button 1
| | +------> Left | | +------> Power
| +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground
+----------> Down +----------> Button 2
And there were many others.
Multisystem joysticks using db9.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For the Multisystem joysticks, and their derivatives, the db9.c driver
was written. It allows only one joystick / gamepad per parallel port, but
the interface is easy to build and works with almost anything.
For the basic 1-button Multisystem joystick you connect its wires to the
parallel port like this::
(pin 1) -----> Power
(pin 18) -----> Ground
(pin 2) -----> Up
(pin 3) -----> Down
(pin 4) -----> Left
(pin 5) -----> Right
(pin 6) -----> Button 1
However, if the joystick is switch based (eg. clicks when you move it),
you might or might not, depending on your parallel port, need 10 kOhm pullup
resistors on each of the direction and button signals, like this::
(pin 2) ------------+------> Up
Resistor |
(pin 1) --[10kOhm]--+
Try without, and if it doesn't work, add them. For TTL based joysticks /
gamepads the pullups are not needed.
For joysticks with two buttons you connect the second button to pin 7 on
the parallel port::
(pin 7) -----> Button 2
And that's it.
On a side note, if you have already built a different adapter for use with
the digital joystick driver 0.8.0.2, this is also supported by the db9.c
driver, as device type 8. (See section 3.2)
Multisystem joysticks using gamecon.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For some people just one joystick per parallel port is not enough, and/or
want to use them on one parallel port together with NES/SNES/PSX pads. This is
possible using the gamecon.c. It supports up to 5 devices of the above types,
including 1 and 2 buttons Multisystem joysticks.
However, there is nothing for free. To allow more sticks to be used at
once, you need the sticks to be purely switch based (that is non-TTL), and
not to need power. Just a plain simple six switches inside. If your
joystick can do more (eg. turbofire) you'll need to disable it totally first
if you want to use gamecon.c.
Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes,
and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button
the same as for db9, however with the diodes between::
Diodes
(pin 2) -----|<|----> Up
(pin 3) -----|<|----> Down
(pin 4) -----|<|----> Left
(pin 5) -----|<|----> Right
(pin 6) -----|<|----> Button 1
For two button sticks you also connect the other button::
(pin 7) -----|<|----> Button 2
And finally, you connect the Ground wire of the joystick, like done in
this little schematic to Power and Data on the parallel port, as described
for the NES / SNES pads in section 2.1 of this file - that is, one data pin
for each joystick. The power source is shared::
Data ------------+-----> Ground
Resistor |
Power --[10kOhm]--+
And that's all, here we go!
Multisystem joysticks using turbografx.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The TurboGraFX interface, designed by
Steffen Schwenke <schwenke@burg-halle.de>
allows up to 7 Multisystem joysticks connected to the parallel port. In
Steffen's version, there is support for up to 5 buttons per joystick. However,
since this doesn't work reliably on all parallel ports, the turbografx.c driver
supports only one button per joystick. For more information on how to build the
interface, see:
http://www2.burg-halle.de/~schwenke/parport.html
Sony Playstation
----------------
The PSX controller is supported by the gamecon.c. Pinout of the PSX
controller (compatible with DirectPadPro)::
+---------+---------+---------+
9 | o o o | o o o | o o o | 1 parallel
\________|_________|________/ port pins
| | | | | |
| | | | | +--------> Clock --- (4)
| | | | +------------> Select --- (3)
| | | +---------------> Power --- (5-9)
| | +------------------> Ground --- (18-25)
| +-------------------------> Command --- (2)
+----------------------------> Data --- (one of 10,11,12,13,15)
The driver supports these controllers:
* Standard PSX Pad
* NegCon PSX Pad
* Analog PSX Pad (red mode)
* Analog PSX Pad (green mode)
* PSX Rumble Pad
* PSX DDR Pad
Sega
----
All the Sega controllers are more or less based on the standard 2-button
Multisystem joystick. However, since they don't use switches and use TTL
logic, the only driver usable with them is the db9.c driver.
Sega Master System
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The SMS gamepads are almost exactly the same as normal 2-button
Multisystem joysticks. Set the driver to Multi2 mode, use the corresponding
parallel port pins, and the following schematic::
+-----------> Power
| +---------> Right
| | +-------> Left
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Up
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o x o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | |
| | +----> Button 1
| +--------> Ground
+----------> Button 2
Sega Genesis aka MegaDrive
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Sega Genesis (in Europe sold as Sega MegaDrive) pads are an extension
to the Sega Master System pads. They use more buttons (3+1, 5+1, 6+1). Use
the following schematic::
+-----------> Power
| +---------> Right
| | +-------> Left
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Up
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | |
| | | +----> Button 1
| | +------> Select
| +--------> Ground
+----------> Button 2
The Select pin goes to pin 14 on the parallel port::
(pin 14) -----> Select
The rest is the same as for Multi2 joysticks using db9.c
Sega Saturn
~~~~~~~~~~~
Sega Saturn has eight buttons, and to transfer that, without hacks like
Genesis 6 pads use, it needs one more select pin. Anyway, it is still
handled by the db9.c driver. Its pinout is very different from anything
else. Use this schematic::
+-----------> Select 1
| +---------> Power
| | +-------> Up
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Ground
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | |
| | | +----> Select 2
| | +------> Right
| +--------> Left
+----------> Power
Select 1 is pin 14 on the parallel port, Select 2 is pin 16 on the
parallel port::
(pin 14) -----> Select 1
(pin 16) -----> Select 2
The other pins (Up, Down, Right, Left, Power, Ground) are the same as for
Multi joysticks using db9.c
Amiga CD32
----------
Amiga CD32 joypad uses the following pinout::
+-----------> Button 3
| +---------> Right
| | +-------> Left
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Up
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | |
| | | +----> Button 1
| | +------> Power
| +--------> Ground
+----------> Button 2
It can be connected to the parallel port and driven by db9.c driver. It needs the following wiring:
============ =============
CD32 pad Parallel port
============ =============
1 (Up) 2 (D0)
2 (Down) 3 (D1)
3 (Left) 4 (D2)
4 (Right) 5 (D3)
5 (Button 3) 14 (AUTOFD)
6 (Button 1) 17 (SELIN)
7 (+5V) 1 (STROBE)
8 (Gnd) 18 (Gnd)
9 (Button 2) 7 (D5)
============ =============
The drivers
===========
There are three drivers for the parallel port interfaces. Each, as
described above, allows to connect a different group of joysticks and pads.
Here are described their command lines:
gamecon.c
---------
Using gamecon.c you can connect up to five devices to one parallel port. It
uses the following kernel/module command line::
gamecon.map=port,pad1,pad2,pad3,pad4,pad5
Where ``port`` the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
And ``pad1`` to ``pad5`` are pad types connected to different data input pins
(10,11,12,13,15), as described in section 2.1 of this file.
The types are:
===== =============================
Type Joystick/Pad
===== =============================
0 None
1 SNES pad
2 NES pad
4 Multisystem 1-button joystick
5 Multisystem 2-button joystick
6 N64 pad
7 Sony PSX controller
8 Sony PSX DDR controller
9 SNES mouse
===== =============================
The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used, so
hot swapping should work (but is not recommended).
Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use
gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two
more parallel ports.
There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets
the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should
work but you can try lowering it for better performance. If your pads don't
respond try raising it until they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the
driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are
registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes.
db9.c
-----
Apart from making an interface, there is nothing difficult on using the
db9.c driver. It uses the following kernel/module command line::
db9.dev=port,type
Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
Caveat here: This driver only works on bidirectional parallel ports. If
your parallel port is recent enough, you should have no trouble with this.
Old parallel ports may not have this feature.
``Type`` is the type of joystick or pad attached:
===== ======================================================
Type Joystick/Pad
===== ======================================================
0 None
1 Multisystem 1-button joystick
2 Multisystem 2-button joystick
3 Genesis pad (3+1 buttons)
5 Genesis pad (5+1 buttons)
6 Genesis pad (6+2 buttons)
7 Saturn pad (8 buttons)
8 Multisystem 1-button joystick (v0.8.0.2 pin-out)
9 Two Multisystem 1-button joysticks (v0.8.0.2 pin-out)
10 Amiga CD32 pad
===== ======================================================
Should you want to use more than one of these joysticks/pads at once, you
can use db9.dev2 and db9.dev3 as additional command line parameters for two
more joysticks/pads.
turbografx.c
------------
The turbografx.c driver uses a very simple kernel/module command line::
turbografx.map=port,js1,js2,js3,js4,js5,js6,js7
Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
``jsX`` is the number of buttons the Multisystem joysticks connected to the
interface ports 1-7 have. For a standard multisystem joystick, this is 1.
Should you want to use more than one of these interfaces at once, you can
use turbografx.map2 and turbografx.map3 as additional command line parameters
for two more interfaces.
PC parallel port pinout
=======================
::
.----------------------------------------.
At the PC: \ 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 /
\ 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 /
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
====== ======= =============
Pin Name Description
====== ======= =============
1 /STROBE Strobe
2-9 D0-D7 Data Bit 0-7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 PE Paper End
13 SELIN Select In
14 /AUTOFD Autofeed
15 /ERROR Error
16 /INIT Initialize
17 /SEL Select
18-25 GND Signal Ground
====== ======= =============
That's all, folks! Have fun!

49
Documentation/input/ntrig.txt → Documentation/input/devices/ntrig.rst
View File

@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=========================
N-Trig touchscreen Driver
-------------------------
Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Rafi Rubin <rafi@seas.upenn.edu>
Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Stephane Chatty
=========================
:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2010 Rafi Rubin <rafi@seas.upenn.edu>
:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Stephane Chatty
This driver provides support for N-Trig pen and multi-touch sensors. Single
and multi-touch events are translated to the appropriate protocols for
@@ -22,16 +26,18 @@ but only for that one device.
The following parameters are used to configure filters to reduce noise:
activate_slack number of fingers to ignore before processing events
activation_height size threshold to activate immediately
activation_width
min_height size threshold bellow which fingers are ignored
min_width both to decide activation and during activity
deactivate_slack the number of "no contact" frames to ignore before
propagating the end of activity events
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|activate_slack |number of fingers to ignore before processing events |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|activation_height, |size threshold to activate immediately |
|activation_width | |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|min_height, |size threshold bellow which fingers are ignored |
|min_width |both to decide activation and during activity |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|deactivate_slack |the number of "no contact" frames to ignore before |
| |propagating the end of activity events |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a number of empty
frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few frames we can tolerate false
@@ -44,15 +50,20 @@ Additional sysfs items
----------------------
These nodes just provide easy access to the ranges reported by the device.
sensor_logical_height the range for positions reported during activity
sensor_logical_width
sensor_physical_height internal ranges not used for normal events but
sensor_physical_width useful for tuning
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|sensor_logical_height, | the range for positions reported during activity |
|sensor_logical_width | |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
|sensor_physical_height,| internal ranges not used for normal events but |
|sensor_physical_width | useful for tuning |
+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+
All N-Trig devices with product id of 1 report events in the ranges of
X: 0-9600
Y: 0-7200
* X: 0-9600
* Y: 0-7200
However not all of these devices have the same physical dimensions. Most
seem to be 12" sensors (Dell Latitude XT and XT2 and the HP TX2), and
at least one model (Dell Studio 17) has a 17" sensor. The ratio of physical

99
Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt → Documentation/input/devices/rotary-encoder.rst
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
============================================================
rotary-encoder - a generic driver for GPIO connected devices
Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>, Feb 2009
============================================================
0. Function
-----------
:Author: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>, Feb 2009
Function
--------
Rotary encoders are devices which are connected to the CPU or other
peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees
@@ -13,7 +16,7 @@ Some encoders have both outputs low in stable states, others also have
a stable state with both outputs high (half-period mode) and some have
a stable state in all steps (quarter-period mode).
The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this::
_____ _____ _____
| | | | | |
@@ -40,8 +43,8 @@ For more information, please see
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder
1. Events / state machine
-------------------------
Events / state machine
----------------------
In half-period mode, state a) and c) above are used to determine the
rotational direction based on the last stable state. Events are reported in
@@ -65,62 +68,64 @@ d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state
should have happened, unless it flipped back on half the way. The
'armed' state tells us about that.
2. Platform requirements
------------------------
Platform requirements
---------------------
As there is no hardware dependent call in this driver, the platform it is
used with must support gpiolib. Another requirement is that IRQs must be
able to fire on both edges.
3. Board integration
--------------------
Board integration
-----------------
To use this driver in your system, register a platform_device with the
name 'rotary-encoder' and associate the IRQs and some specific platform
data with it.
data with it. Because the driver uses generic device properties, this can
be done either via device tree, ACPI, or using static board files, like in
example below:
struct rotary_encoder_platform_data is declared in
include/linux/rotary-encoder.h and needs to be filled with the number of
steps the encoder has and can carry information about externally inverted
signals (because of an inverting buffer or other reasons). The encoder
can be set up to deliver input information as either an absolute or relative
axes. For relative axes the input event returns +/-1 for each step. For
absolute axes the position of the encoder can either roll over between zero
and the number of steps or will clamp at the maximum and zero depending on
the configuration.
::
Because GPIO to IRQ mapping is platform specific, this information must
be given in separately to the driver. See the example below.
/* board support file example */
---------<snip>---------
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <linux/gpio/machine.h>
#include <linux/property.h>
/* board support file example */
#define GPIO_ROTARY_A 1
#define GPIO_ROTARY_B 2
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <linux/rotary_encoder.h>
static struct gpiod_lookup_table rotary_encoder_gpios = {
.dev_id = "rotary-encoder.0",
.table = {
GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio-0",
GPIO_ROTARY_A, NULL, 0, GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW),
GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio-0",
GPIO_ROTARY_B, NULL, 1, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH),
{ },
},
};
#define GPIO_ROTARY_A 1
#define GPIO_ROTARY_B 2
static const struct property_entry rotary_encoder_properties[] __initconst = {
PROPERTY_ENTRY_INTEGER("rotary-encoder,steps-per-period", u32, 24),
PROPERTY_ENTRY_INTEGER("linux,axis", u32, ABS_X),
PROPERTY_ENTRY_INTEGER("rotary-encoder,relative_axis", u32, 0),
{ },
};
static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = {
.steps = 24,
.axis = ABS_X,
.relative_axis = false,
.rollover = false,
.gpio_a = GPIO_ROTARY_A,
.gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B,
.inverted_a = 0,
.inverted_b = 0,
.half_period = false,
.wakeup_source = false,
};
static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = {
.name = "rotary-encoder",
.id = 0,
};
static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = {
.name = "rotary-encoder",
.id = 0,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &my_rotary_encoder_info,
}
};
...
gpiod_add_lookup_table(&rotary_encoder_gpios);
device_add_properties(&rotary_encoder_device, rotary_encoder_properties);
platform_device_register(&rotary_encoder_device);
...
Please consult device tree binding documentation to see all properties
supported by the driver.

901
Documentation/input/devices/sentelic.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,901 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=================
Sentelic Touchpad
=================
:Copyright: |copy| 2002-2011 Sentelic Corporation.
:Last update: Dec-07-2011
Finger Sensing Pad Intellimouse Mode (scrolling wheel, 4th and 5th buttons)
============================================================================
A) MSID 4: Scrolling wheel mode plus Forward page(4th button) and Backward
page (5th button)
1. Set sample rate to 200;
2. Set sample rate to 200;
3. Set sample rate to 80;
4. Issuing the "Get device ID" command (0xF2) and waits for the response;
5. FSP will respond 0x04.
::
Packet 1
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|W|W|W|W|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow
Bit6 => X overflow
Bit5 => Y sign bit
Bit4 => X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 4: Bit3~Bit0 => the scrolling wheel's movement since the last data report.
valid values, -8 ~ +7
Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page.
0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed.
Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page.
0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed.
B) MSID 6: Horizontal and Vertical scrolling
- Set bit 1 in register 0x40 to 1
FSP replaces scrolling wheel's movement as 4 bits to show horizontal and
vertical scrolling.
::
Packet 1
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|r|l|u|d|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow
Bit6 => X overflow
Bit5 => Y sign bit
Bit4 => X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 4: Bit0 => the Vertical scrolling movement downward.
Bit1 => the Vertical scrolling movement upward.
Bit2 => the Horizontal scrolling movement leftward.
Bit3 => the Horizontal scrolling movement rightward.
Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page.
0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed.
Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page.
0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed.
C) MSID 7
FSP uses 2 packets (8 Bytes) to represent Absolute Position.
so we have PACKET NUMBER to identify packets.
If PACKET NUMBER is 0, the packet is Packet 1.
If PACKET NUMBER is 1, the packet is Packet 2.
Please count this number in program.
MSID6 special packet will be enable at the same time when enable MSID 7.
Absolute position for STL3886-G0
================================
1. Set bit 2 or 3 in register 0x40 to 1
2. Set bit 6 in register 0x40 to 1
::
Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|d|u|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => valid bit
Bit4 => 1
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll up
Bit5 => scroll down
Bit6 => scroll left
Bit7 => scroll right
Notify Packet for G0
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|0|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |M|M|M|M|M|M|M|M| 4 |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => 0
Bit4 => 1
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0x5A (Enable/Disable status packet)
Mode Type => 0xA5 (Normal/Icon mode status)
Byte 3: Message Type => 0x00 (Disabled)
=> 0x01 (Enabled)
Mode Type => 0x00 (Normal)
=> 0x01 (Icon)
Byte 4: Bit7~Bit0 => Don't Care
Absolute position for STL3888-Ax
================================
::
Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|A|1|L|0|1| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => arc
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released.
Bit1 => 0
Bit0 => 1
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit5~Bit4 => y1_g
Bit7~Bit6 => x1_g
Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|A|1|R|1|0| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => arc
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released.
Bit1 => 1
Bit0 => 0
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit5~Bit4 => y2_g
Bit7~Bit6 => x2_g
Notify Packet for STL3888-Ax
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|d|u|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => 1
Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1):
0: left button is generated by the on-pad command
1: left button is generated by the external button
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode)
Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care
Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers
Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved
Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode
Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit5 => scroll down button
Bit4 => scroll up button
* Note that if gesture and additional button (Bit4~Bit7)
happen at the same time, the button information will not
be sent.
Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1,
abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
Absolute position for STL3888-B0
================================
::
Packet 1(ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|F|1|0|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll down button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|F|1|1|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll down button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Notify Packet for STL3888-B0::
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => 1
Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1):
0: left button is generated by the on-pad command
1: left button is generated by the external button
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode)
Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care
Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers
Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved
Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode
Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit4 => scroll down button
* Note that if gesture and additional button(Bit4~Bit7)
happen at the same time, the button information will not
be sent.
Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1,
abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
Absolute position for STL3888-Cx and STL3888-Dx
===============================================
::
Single Finger, Absolute Coordinate Mode (SFAC)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Coordinate mode(always 0 in SFAC mode):
0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode
1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol.
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page)
Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page)
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Multi Finger, Multiple Coordinates Mode (MFMC):
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|1|P|1|F|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Coordinate mode (always 1 in MFMC mode):
0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode
1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol.
Bit2 => Finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
If bit 1 and 0 are all 1 and bit 4 is 0, the middle external
button is pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page)
Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page)
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
When one of the two fingers is up, the device will output four consecutive
MFMC#0 report packets with zero X and Y to represent 1st finger is up or
four consecutive MFMC#1 report packets with zero X and Y to represent that
the 2nd finger is up. On the other hand, if both fingers are up, the device
will output four consecutive single-finger, absolute coordinate(SFAC) packets
with zero X and Y.
Notify Packet for STL3888-Cx/Dx::
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Always 0
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command(OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message type:
0xba => gesture information
0xc0 => one finger hold-rotating gesture
Byte 3: The first parameter for the received message:
0xba => gesture ID (refer to the 'Gesture ID' section)
0xc0 => region ID
Byte 4: The second parameter for the received message:
0xba => N/A
0xc0 => finger up/down information
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinates mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), MFMC packet 1 (byte 1, bit 2 == 0),
MFMC packet 2 (byte 1, bit 2 == 1), MFMC packet 1, MFMC packet 2,
..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
That is, when the device is in MFMC mode, the host will receive
interleaved absolute coordinate packets for each finger.
FSP Enable/Disable packet
=========================
::
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|0|0|1|M|R|L| 2 |0|1|0|1|1|0|1|E| 3 | | | | | | | | | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
FSP will send out enable/disable packet when FSP receive PS/2 enable/disable
command. Host will receive the packet which Middle, Right, Left button will
be set. The packet only use byte 0 and byte 1 as a pattern of original packet.
Ignore the other bytes of the packet.
Byte 1: Bit7 => 0, Y overflow
Bit6 => 0, X overflow
Bit5 => 0, Y sign bit
Bit4 => 0, X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => 1, Middle Button
Bit1 => 1, Right Button
Bit0 => 1, Left Button
Byte 2: Bit7~1 => (0101101b)
Bit0 => 1 = Enable
0 = Disable
Byte 3: Don't care
Byte 4: Don't care (MOUSE ID 3, 4)
Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet)
PS/2 Command Set
================
FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for
details about PS/2 commands:
http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow
========================================================
1. Identify FSP by reading device ID(0x00) and version(0x01) register
2. For FSP version < STL3888 Cx, determine number of buttons by reading
the 'test mode status' (0x20) register::
buttons = reg[0x20] & 0x30
if buttons == 0x30 or buttons == 0x20:
# two/four buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail(ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7)
elif buttons == 0x10:
# 6 buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section B for packet parsing detail
elif buttons == 0x00:
# 6 buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail
3. For FSP version >= STL3888 Cx:
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail (ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7)
Programming Sequence for Register Reading/Writing
=================================================
Register inversion requirement:
Following values needed to be inverted(the '~' operator in C) before being
sent to FSP::
0xe8, 0xe9, 0xee, 0xf2, 0xf3 and 0xff.
Register swapping requirement:
Following values needed to have their higher 4 bits and lower 4 bits being
swapped before being sent to FSP::
10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 and 200.
Register reading sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. if the register address being to read is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 6
a. send 0x68 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 8;
6. if the register address being to read is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 7
a. send 0xcc PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 8;
7. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
a. send the original register address to FSP and goto step 8;
8. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP;
9. the 4th byte of the response read from FSP should be the
requested register value(?? indicates don't care byte)::
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (??) (val)
* Note that since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's
complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request
result::
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val)
Register writing sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. if the register address being to write is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 3
a. send 0x74 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 5;
3. if the register address being to write is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 4
a. send 0x77 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 5;
4. send 0x55 PS/2 command to FSP;
a. send the register address to FSP and goto step 5;
5. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
6. if the register value being to write is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 7
a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the inverted register value to FSP and goto step 9;
7. if the register value being to write is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 8
a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the swapped register value to FSP and goto step 9;
8. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP;
a. send the register value to FSP;
9. the register writing sequence is completed.
* Since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's
complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request
result. Host can optionally send another 0xe9 (status request) PS/2
command to FSP at the end of register writing to verify that the
register writing operation is successful (?? indicates don't care
byte)::
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val)
Programming Sequence for Page Register Reading/Writing
======================================================
In order to overcome the limitation of maximum number of registers
supported, the hardware separates register into different groups called
'pages.' Each page is able to include up to 255 registers.
The default page after power up is 0x82; therefore, if one has to get
access to register 0x8301, one has to use following sequence to switch
to page 0x83, then start reading/writing from/to offset 0x01 by using
the register read/write sequence described in previous section.
Page register reading sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. send 0x83 PS/2 command to FSP;
6. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
7. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP;
8. the response read from FSP should be the requested page value.
Page register writing sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x38 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. if the page address being written is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 6
a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the inverted page address to FSP and goto step 9;
6. if the page address being written is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 7
a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP;
b. send the swapped page address to FSP and goto step 9;
7. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP;
8. send the page address to FSP;
9. the page register writing sequence is completed.
Gesture ID
==========
Unlike other devices which sends multiple fingers' coordinates to host,
FSP processes multiple fingers' coordinates internally and convert them
into a 8 bits integer, namely 'Gesture ID.' Following is a list of
supported gesture IDs:
======= ==================================
ID Description
======= ==================================
0x86 2 finger straight up
0x82 2 finger straight down
0x80 2 finger straight right
0x84 2 finger straight left
0x8f 2 finger zoom in
0x8b 2 finger zoom out
0xc0 2 finger curve, counter clockwise
0xc4 2 finger curve, clockwise
0x2e 3 finger straight up
0x2a 3 finger straight down
0x28 3 finger straight right
0x2c 3 finger straight left
0x38 palm
======= ==================================
Register Listing
================
Registers are represented in 16 bits values. The higher 8 bits represent
the page address and the lower 8 bits represent the relative offset within
that particular page. Refer to the 'Programming Sequence for Page Register
Reading/Writing' section for instructions on how to change current page
address::
offset width default r/w name
0x8200 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO device ID
0x8201 bit7~bit0 RW version ID
0xc1: STL3888 Ax
0xd0 ~ 0xd2: STL3888 Bx
0xe0 ~ 0xe1: STL3888 Cx
0xe2 ~ 0xe3: STL3888 Dx
0x8202 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO vendor ID
0x8203 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO product ID
0x8204 bit3~bit0 0x01 RW revision ID
0x820b test mode status 1
bit3 1 RO 0: rotate 180 degree
1: no rotation
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x820f register file page control
bit2 0 RW 1: rotate 180 degree
0: no rotation
*supported since Cx
bit0 0 RW 1 to enable page 1 register files
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8210 RW system control 1
bit0 1 RW Reserved, must be 1
bit1 0 RW Reserved, must be 0
bit4 0 RW Reserved, must be 0
bit5 1 RW register clock gating enable
0: read only, 1: read/write enable
(Note that following registers does not require clock gating being
enabled prior to write: 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0f 10 11 12 16 17 18 23 2e
40 41 42 43. In addition to that, this bit must be 1 when gesture
mode is enabled)
0x8220 test mode status
bit5~bit4 RO number of buttons
11 => 2, lbtn/rbtn
10 => 4, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd
01 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/scrl/scrr
00 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/fbtn/bbtn
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8231 RW on-pad command detection
bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag
enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8234 RW on-pad command control 5
bit4~bit0 0x05 RW XLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit7 0 RW on-pad tap zone enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8235 RW on-pad command control 6
bit4~bit0 0x1d RW XHI in 0s/4/1, so 19h = 1100.1b = 12.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8236 RW on-pad command control 7
bit4~bit0 0x04 RW YLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8237 RW on-pad command control 8
bit4~bit0 0x13 RW YHI in 0s/4/1, so 11h = 1000.1b = 8.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8240 RW system control 5
bit1 0 RW FSP Intellimouse mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit2 0 RW movement + abs. coordinate mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when
bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1.
In addition, when bit 1 and bit 2 are set at the same time, bit 2 will
override bit 1.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit3 0 RW abs. coordinate only mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when
bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1.
In addition, when bit 1, bit 2 and bit 3 are set at the same time,
bit 3 will override bit 1 and 2.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit5 0 RW auto switch enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit6 0 RW G0 abs. + notify packet format enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that the absolute/relative coordinate output still depends on
bit 2 and 3. That is, if any of those bit is 1, host will receive
absolute coordinates; otherwise, host only receives packets with
relative coordinate.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit7 0 RW EN_PS2_F2: PS/2 gesture mode 2nd
finger packet enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8243 RW on-pad control
bit0 0 RW on-pad control enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that if this bit is cleared, bit 3/5 will be ineffective)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit3 0 RW on-pad fix vertical scrolling enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit5 0 RW on-pad fix horizontal scrolling enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8290 RW software control register 1
bit0 0 RW absolute coordination mode
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit1 0 RW gesture ID output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit2 0 RW two fingers' coordinates output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit3 0 RW finger up one packet output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit4 0 RW absolute coordination continuous mode
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit6~bit5 00 RW gesture group selection
00: basic
01: suite
10: suite pro
11: advanced
*supported since Cx
bit7 0 RW Bx packet output compatible mode
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
*supported since Cx
0x833d RW on-pad command control 1
bit7 1 RW on-pad command detection enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
0x833e RW on-pad command detection
bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag
enable. Works only in H/W based PS/2
data packet mode.
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx

51
Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt → Documentation/input/devices/walkera0701.rst
View File

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
===========================
Walkera WK-0701 transmitter
===========================
Walkera WK-0701 transmitter is supplied with a ready to fly Walkera
helicopters such as HM36, HM37, HM60. The walkera0701 module enables to use
@@ -10,7 +13,8 @@ or use cogito:
cg-clone http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/GIT/walkera0701-joystick
Connecting to PC:
Connecting to PC
================
At back side of transmitter S-video connector can be found. Modulation
pulses from processor to HF part can be found at pin 2 of this connector,
@@ -19,7 +23,8 @@ modulation pulses to PC, signal pulses must be amplified.
Cable: (walkera TX to parport)
Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector:
Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector::
(back side of TX)
__ __ S-video: canon25
/ |_| \ pin 2 (signal) NPN parport
@@ -30,10 +35,10 @@ Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector:
------- 3 __________________________________|________________ 25 GND
E
I use green LED and BC109 NPN transistor.
Software:
Software
========
Build kernel with walkera0701 module. Module walkera0701 need exclusive
access to parport, modules like lp must be unloaded before loading
@@ -44,7 +49,8 @@ be changed by TX "joystick", check output from /proc/interrupts. Value for
Technical details:
Technical details
=================
Driver use interrupt from parport ACK input bit to measure pulse length
using hrtimers.
@@ -53,17 +59,29 @@ Frame format:
Based on walkera WK-0701 PCM Format description by Shaul Eizikovich.
(downloaded from http://www.smartpropoplus.com/Docs/Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf)
Signal pulses:
(ANALOG)
SYNC BIN OCT
+---------+ +------+
| | | |
--+ +------+ +---
Signal pulses
-------------
::
(ANALOG)
SYNC BIN OCT
+---------+ +------+
| | | |
--+ +------+ +---
Frame
-----
::
Frame:
SYNC , BIN1, OCT1, BIN2, OCT2 ... BIN24, OCT24, BIN25, next frame SYNC ..
pulse length:
pulse length
------------
::
Binary values: Analog octal values:
288 uS Binary 0 318 uS 000
@@ -80,7 +98,8 @@ pulse length:
(Warning, pulses on ACK are inverted by transistor, irq is raised up on sync
to bin change or octal value to bin change).
Binary data representations:
Binary data representations
---------------------------
One binary and octal value can be grouped to nibble. 24 nibbles + one binary
values can be sampled between sync pulses.
@@ -100,10 +119,10 @@ binary value can be sampled. This bit and magic number is not used in
software driver. Some details about this magic numbers can be found in
Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf.
Checksum calculation:
Checksum calculation
--------------------
Summary of octal values in nibbles must be same as octal value in checksum
nibble (only first 3 bits are used). Binary value for checksum nibble is
calculated by sum of binary values in checked nibbles + sum of octal values
in checked nibbles divided by 8. Only bit 0 of this sum is used.

143
Documentation/input/xpad.txt → Documentation/input/devices/xpad.rst
View File

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
=======================================================
xpad - Linux USB driver for Xbox compatible controllers
=======================================================
This driver exposes all first-party and third-party Xbox compatible
controllers. It has a long history and has enjoyed considerable usage
@@ -15,9 +17,11 @@ the Xbox One's rumble protocol has not been reverse engineered but in
the future could be supported.
0. Notes
--------
Notes
=====
The number of buttons/axes reported varies based on 3 things:
- if you are using a known controller
- if you are using a known dance pad
- if using an unknown device (one not listed below), what you set in the
@@ -35,8 +39,9 @@ This is not true. Both dpad_to_buttons and triggers_to_buttons only affect
unknown controllers.
0.1 Normal Controllers
----------------------
Normal Controllers
------------------
With a normal controller, the directional pad is mapped to its own X/Y axes.
The jstest-program from joystick-1.2.15 (jstest-version 2.1.0) will report 8
axes and 10 buttons.
@@ -55,8 +60,9 @@ in game functionality were OK. However, I find it rather difficult to
play first person shooters with a pad. Your mileage may vary.
0.2 Xbox Dance Pads
-------------------
Xbox Dance Pads
---------------
When using a known dance pad, jstest will report 6 axes and 14 buttons.
For dance style pads (like the redoctane pad) several changes
@@ -73,24 +79,21 @@ of buttons, see section 0.3 - Unknown Controllers
I've tested this with Stepmania, and it works quite well.
0.3 Unknown Controllers
----------------------
Unknown Controllers
-------------------
If you have an unknown xbox controller, it should work just fine with
the default settings.
HOWEVER if you have an unknown dance pad not listed below, it will not
work UNLESS you set "dpad_to_buttons" to 1 in the module configuration.
PLEASE, if you have an unknown controller, email Dom <binary1230@yahoo.com> with
a dump from /proc/bus/usb and a description of the pad (manufacturer, country,
whether it is a dance pad or normal controller) so that we can add your pad
to the list of supported devices, ensuring that it will work out of the
box in the future.
USB adapters
============
1. USB adapters
--------------
All generations of Xbox controllers speak USB over the wire.
- Original Xbox controllers use a proprietary connector and require adapters.
- Wireless Xbox 360 controllers require a 'Xbox 360 Wireless Gaming Receiver
for Windows'
@@ -101,8 +104,9 @@ All generations of Xbox controllers speak USB over the wire.
1.1 Original Xbox USB adapters
--------------
Original Xbox USB adapters
--------------------------
Using this driver with an Original Xbox controller requires an
adapter cable to break out the proprietary connector's pins to USB.
You can buy these online fairly cheap, or build your own.
@@ -115,7 +119,7 @@ the controller device) with the only difference in a nonstandard connector
You just need to solder a USB connector onto the cable and keep the
yellow wire unconnected. The other pins have the same order on both
connectors so there is no magic to it. Detailed info on these matters
can be found on the net ([1], [2], [3]).
can be found on the net ([1]_, [2]_, [3]_).
Thanks to the trip splitter found on the cable you don't even need to cut the
original one. You can buy an extension cable and cut that instead. That way,
@@ -123,22 +127,46 @@ you can still use the controller with your X-Box, if you have one ;)
2. Driver Installation
----------------------
Driver Installation
===================
Once you have the adapter cable, if needed, and the controller connected
the xpad module should be auto loaded. To confirm you can cat
/proc/bus/usb/devices. There should be an entry like the one at the end [4].
/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. There should be an entry like those:
.. code-block:: none
:caption: dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany)
T: Bus=01 Lev=03 Prnt=04 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 5 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=32 #Cfgs= 1
P: Vendor=05fd ProdID=107a Rev= 1.00
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=(none)
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms
E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms
.. code-block:: none
:caption: dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US)
T: Bus=01 Lev=02 Prnt=09 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 10 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
P: Vendor=0c12 ProdID=8809 Rev= 0.01
S: Product=XBOX DDR
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=xpad
E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms
E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms
Supported Controllers
=====================
3. Supported Controllers
------------------------
For a full list of supported controllers and associated vendor and product
IDs see the xpad_device[] array[6].
IDs see the xpad_device[] array\ [4]_.
As of the historic version 0.0.6 (2006-10-10) the following devices
were supported:
were supported::
original Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0202
smaller Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0289
original Microsoft XBOX controller (Japan), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0285
@@ -152,14 +180,16 @@ the module option 'dpad_to_buttons'.
If you have an unrecognized controller please see 0.3 - Unknown Controllers
4. Manual Testing
-----------------
Manual Testing
==============
To test this driver's functionality you may use 'jstest'.
For example:
> modprobe xpad
> modprobe joydev
> jstest /dev/js0
For example::
> modprobe xpad
> modprobe joydev
> jstest /dev/js0
If you're using a normal controller, there should be a single line showing
18 inputs (8 axes, 10 buttons), and its values should change if you move
@@ -170,57 +200,34 @@ It works? Voila, you're done ;)
5. Thanks
---------
Thanks
======
I have to thank ITO Takayuki for the detailed info on his site
http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html.
http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html.
His useful info and both the usb-skeleton as well as the iforce input driver
(Greg Kroah-Hartmann; Vojtech Pavlik) helped a lot in rapid prototyping
the basic functionality.
6. References
-------------
References
==========
[1]: http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki)
[2]: http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/
[3]: http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/
[4]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany):
T: Bus=01 Lev=03 Prnt=04 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 5 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=32 #Cfgs= 1
P: Vendor=05fd ProdID=107a Rev= 1.00
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=(none)
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms
E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms
[5]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US):
T: Bus=01 Lev=02 Prnt=09 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 10 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
P: Vendor=0c12 ProdID=8809 Rev= 0.01
S: Product=XBOX DDR
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=xpad
E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms
E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms
[6]: http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ident?i=xpad_device
.. [1] http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki)
.. [2] http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/
.. [3] http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/
.. [4] http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ident?i=xpad_device
Historic Edits
==============
7. Historic Edits
-----------------
Marko Friedemann <mfr@bmx-chemnitz.de>
2002-07-16
2002-07-16 - Marko Friedemann <mfr@bmx-chemnitz.de>
- original doc
Dominic Cerquetti <binary1230@yahoo.com>
2005-03-19
2005-03-19 - Dominic Cerquetti <binary1230@yahoo.com>
- added stuff for dance pads, new d-pad->axes mappings
Later changes may be viewed with 'git log Documentation/input/xpad.txt'

173
Documentation/input/yealink.txt → Documentation/input/devices/yealink.rst
View File

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
===============================================
Driver documentation for yealink usb-p1k phones
===============================================
Status
======
0. Status
~~~~~~~~~
The p1k is a relatively cheap usb 1.1 phone with:
- keyboard full support, yealink.ko / input event API
- LCD full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
- LED full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API
@@ -14,38 +18,11 @@ The p1k is a relatively cheap usb 1.1 phone with:
For vendor documentation see http://www.yealink.com
1. Compilation (stand alone version)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Currently only kernel 2.6.x.y versions are supported.
In order to build the yealink.ko module do
keyboard features
=================
make
If you encounter problems please check if in the MAKE_OPTS variable in
the Makefile is pointing to the location where your kernel sources
are located, default /usr/src/linux.
1.1 Troubleshooting
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Q: Module yealink compiled and installed without any problem but phone
is not initialized and does not react to any actions.
A: If you see something like:
hiddev0: USB HID v1.00 Device [Yealink Network Technology Ltd. VOIP USB Phone
in dmesg, it means that the hid driver has grabbed the device first. Try to
load module yealink before any other usb hid driver. Please see the
instructions provided by your distribution on module configuration.
Q: Phone is working now (displays version and accepts keypad input) but I can't
find the sysfs files.
A: The sysfs files are located on the particular usb endpoint. On most
distributions you can do: "find /sys/ -name get_icons" for a hint.
2. keyboard features
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The current mapping in the kernel is provided by the map_p1k_to_key
function:
function::
Physical USB-P1K button layout input events
@@ -60,14 +37,15 @@ function:
7 8 9 7, 8, 9,
* 0 # *, 0, #,
The "up" and "down" keys, are symbolised by arrows on the button.
The "pickup" and "hangup" keys are symbolised by a green and red phone
on the button.
The "up" and "down" keys, are symbolised by arrows on the button.
The "pickup" and "hangup" keys are symbolised by a green and red phone
on the button.
3. LCD features
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display:
LCD features
============
The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display::
|[] [][] [][] [][] in |[][]
|[] M [][] D [][] : [][] out |[][]
@@ -79,18 +57,19 @@ The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display:
[] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] []
Line 1 Format (see below) : 18.e8.M8.88...188
Icon names : M D : IN OUT STORE
Line 2 Format : .........
Icon name : NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA
Line 3 Format : 888888888888
Line 1 Format (see below) : 18.e8.M8.88...188
Icon names : M D : IN OUT STORE
Line 2 Format : .........
Icon name : NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA
Line 3 Format : 888888888888
Format description:
From a userspace perspective the world is separated into "digits" and "icons".
A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF.
Format specifier
Format specifier::
'8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments
Reduced capability 7 segment digit, when segments are hard wired together.
@@ -105,9 +84,11 @@ Format description:
elements.
4. Driver usage
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface:
Driver usage
============
For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface::
/sys/.../
line1 Read/Write, lcd line1
line2 Read/Write, lcd line2
@@ -118,38 +99,43 @@ For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface:
show_icon Write, display the element by writing the icon name.
map_seg7 Read/Write, the 7 segments char set, common for all
yealink phones. (see map_to_7segment.h)
yealink phones. (see map_to_7segment.h)
ringtone Write, upload binary representation of a ringtone,
see yealink.c. status EXPERIMENTAL due to potential
see yealink.c. status EXPERIMENTAL due to potential
races between async. and sync usb calls.
4.1 lineX
~~~~~~~~~
Reading /sys/../lineX will return the format string with its current value:
lineX
~~~~~
Example:
cat ./line3
888888888888
Linux Rocks!
Reading /sys/../lineX will return the format string with its current value.
Example::
cat ./line3
888888888888
Linux Rocks!
Writing to /sys/../lineX will set the corresponding LCD line.
- Excess characters are ignored.
- If less characters are written than allowed, the remaining digits are
unchanged.
- The tab '\t'and '\n' char does not overwrite the original content.
- Writing a space to an icon will always hide its content.
Example:
date +"%m.%e.%k:%M" | sed 's/^0/ /' > ./line1
Example::
date +"%m.%e.%k:%M" | sed 's/^0/ /' > ./line1
Will update the LCD with the current date & time.
4.2 get_icons
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings:
get_icons
~~~~~~~~~
Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings::
cat ./get_icons
on M
@@ -172,45 +158,68 @@ Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings:
RINGTONE
4.3 show/hide icons
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
show/hide icons
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Writing to these files will update the state of the icon.
Only one icon at a time can be updated.
If an icon is also on a ./lineX the corresponding value is
updated with the first letter of the icon.
Example - light up the store icon:
echo -n "STORE" > ./show_icon
Example - light up the store icon::
cat ./line1
18.e8.M8.88...188
S
echo -n "STORE" > ./show_icon
Example - sound the ringtone for 10 seconds:
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../show_icon
sleep 10
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../hide_icon
cat ./line1
18.e8.M8.88...188
S
Example - sound the ringtone for 10 seconds::
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../show_icon
sleep 10
echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../hide_icon
5. Sound features
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sound features
==============
Sound is supported by the ALSA driver: snd_usb_audio
One 16-bit channel with sample and playback rates of 8000 Hz is the practical
limit of the device.
Example - recording test:
arecord -v -d 10 -r 8000 -f S16_LE -t wav foobar.wav
Example - recording test::
Example - playback test:
aplay foobar.wav
arecord -v -d 10 -r 8000 -f S16_LE -t wav foobar.wav
Example - playback test::
aplay foobar.wav
6. Credits & Acknowledgments
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Troubleshooting
===============
:Q: Module yealink compiled and installed without any problem but phone
is not initialized and does not react to any actions.
:A: If you see something like:
hiddev0: USB HID v1.00 Device [Yealink Network Technology Ltd. VOIP USB Phone
in dmesg, it means that the hid driver has grabbed the device first. Try to
load module yealink before any other usb hid driver. Please see the
instructions provided by your distribution on module configuration.
:Q: Phone is working now (displays version and accepts keypad input) but I can't
find the sysfs files.
:A: The sysfs files are located on the particular usb endpoint. On most
distributions you can do: "find /sys/ -name get_icons" for a hint.
Credits & Acknowledgments
=========================
- Olivier Vandorpe, for starting the usbb2k-api project doing much of
the reverse engineering.
the reverse engineering.
- Martin Diehl, for pointing out how to handle USB memory allocation.
- Dmitry Torokhov, for the numerous code reviews and suggestions.

134
Documentation/input/event-codes.txt → Documentation/input/event-codes.rst
View File

@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
.. _input-event-codes:
=================
Input event codes
=================
The input protocol uses a map of types and codes to express input device values
to userspace. This document describes the types and codes and how and when they
may be used.
@@ -17,82 +24,102 @@ reports supported by a device are also provided by sysfs in
class/input/event*/device/capabilities/, and the properties of a device are
provided in class/input/event*/device/properties.
Event types:
Event types
===========
Event types are groupings of codes under a logical input construct. Each
type has a set of applicable codes to be used in generating events. See the
Codes section for details on valid codes for each type.
* EV_SYN:
- Used as markers to separate events. Events may be separated in time or in
space, such as with the multitouch protocol.
* EV_KEY:
- Used to describe state changes of keyboards, buttons, or other key-like
devices.
* EV_REL:
- Used to describe relative axis value changes, e.g. moving the mouse 5 units
to the left.
* EV_ABS:
- Used to describe absolute axis value changes, e.g. describing the
coordinates of a touch on a touchscreen.
* EV_MSC:
- Used to describe miscellaneous input data that do not fit into other types.
* EV_SW:
- Used to describe binary state input switches.
* EV_LED:
- Used to turn LEDs on devices on and off.
* EV_SND:
- Used to output sound to devices.
* EV_REP:
- Used for autorepeating devices.
* EV_FF:
- Used to send force feedback commands to an input device.
* EV_PWR:
- A special type for power button and switch input.
* EV_FF_STATUS:
- Used to receive force feedback device status.
Event codes:
Event codes
===========
Event codes define the precise type of event.
EV_SYN:
----------
EV_SYN
------
EV_SYN event values are undefined. Their usage is defined only by when they are
sent in the evdev event stream.
* SYN_REPORT:
- Used to synchronize and separate events into packets of input data changes
occurring at the same moment in time. For example, motion of a mouse may set
the REL_X and REL_Y values for one motion, then emit a SYN_REPORT. The next
motion will emit more REL_X and REL_Y values and send another SYN_REPORT.
* SYN_CONFIG:
- TBD
* SYN_MT_REPORT:
- Used to synchronize and separate touch events. See the
multi-touch-protocol.txt document for more information.
* SYN_DROPPED:
- Used to indicate buffer overrun in the evdev client's event queue.
Client should ignore all events up to and including next SYN_REPORT
event and query the device (using EVIOCG* ioctls) to obtain its
current state.
EV_KEY:
----------
EV_KEY
------
EV_KEY events take the form KEY_<name> or BTN_<name>. For example, KEY_A is used
to represent the 'A' key on a keyboard. When a key is depressed, an event with
the key's code is emitted with value 1. When the key is released, an event is
@@ -103,6 +130,7 @@ BTN_<name> is used for other types of momentary switch events.
A few EV_KEY codes have special meanings:
* BTN_TOOL_<name>:
- These codes are used in conjunction with input trackpads, tablets, and
touchscreens. These devices may be used with fingers, pens, or other tools.
When an event occurs and a tool is used, the corresponding BTN_TOOL_<name>
@@ -112,6 +140,7 @@ A few EV_KEY codes have special meanings:
code when events are generated.
* BTN_TOUCH:
BTN_TOUCH is used for touch contact. While an input tool is determined to be
within meaningful physical contact, the value of this property must be set
to 1. Meaningful physical contact may mean any contact, or it may mean
@@ -132,6 +161,7 @@ future, this distinction will be deprecated and the device properties ioctl
EVIOCGPROP, defined in linux/input.h, will be used to convey the device type.
* BTN_TOOL_FINGER, BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP, BTN_TOOL_TRIPLETAP, BTN_TOOL_QUADTAP:
- These codes denote one, two, three, and four finger interaction on a
trackpad or touchscreen. For example, if the user uses two fingers and moves
them on the touchpad in an effort to scroll content on screen,
@@ -147,8 +177,9 @@ a value of 1 in the same synchronization frame. This usage is deprecated.
Note: In multitouch drivers, the input_mt_report_finger_count() function should
be used to emit these codes. Please see multi-touch-protocol.txt for details.
EV_REL:
----------
EV_REL
------
EV_REL events describe relative changes in a property. For example, a mouse may
move to the left by a certain number of units, but its absolute position in
space is unknown. If the absolute position is known, EV_ABS codes should be used
@@ -157,17 +188,20 @@ instead of EV_REL codes.
A few EV_REL codes have special meanings:
* REL_WHEEL, REL_HWHEEL:
- These codes are used for vertical and horizontal scroll wheels,
respectively.
EV_ABS:
----------
EV_ABS
------
EV_ABS events describe absolute changes in a property. For example, a touchpad
may emit coordinates for a touch location.
A few EV_ABS codes have special meanings:
* ABS_DISTANCE:
- Used to describe the distance of a tool from an interaction surface. This
event should only be emitted while the tool is hovering, meaning in close
proximity of the device and while the value of the BTN_TOUCH code is 0. If
@@ -179,11 +213,13 @@ A few EV_ABS codes have special meanings:
hardware and is otherwise independent of ABS_DISTANCE and/or BTN_TOUCH.
* ABS_MT_<name>:
- Used to describe multitouch input events. Please see
multi-touch-protocol.txt for details.
EV_SW:
----------
EV_SW
-----
EV_SW events describe stateful binary switches. For example, the SW_LID code is
used to denote when a laptop lid is closed.
@@ -195,14 +231,16 @@ Upon resume, if the switch state is the same as before suspend, then the input
subsystem will filter out the duplicate switch state reports. The driver does
not need to keep the state of the switch at any time.
EV_MSC:
----------
EV_MSC
------
EV_MSC events are used for input and output events that do not fall under other
categories.
A few EV_MSC codes have special meaning:
* MSC_TIMESTAMP:
- Used to report the number of microseconds since the last reset. This event
should be coded as an uint32 value, which is allowed to wrap around with
no special consequence. It is assumed that the time difference between two
@@ -211,39 +249,46 @@ A few EV_MSC codes have special meaning:
unknown. If the device does not provide this information, the driver must
not provide it to user space.
EV_LED:
----------
EV_LED
------
EV_LED events are used for input and output to set and query the state of
various LEDs on devices.
EV_REP:
----------
EV_REP
------
EV_REP events are used for specifying autorepeating events.
EV_SND:
----------
EV_SND
------
EV_SND events are used for sending sound commands to simple sound output
devices.
EV_FF:
----------
EV_FF
-----
EV_FF events are used to initialize a force feedback capable device and to cause
such device to feedback.
EV_PWR:
----------
EV_PWR
------
EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power
management. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later.
Device properties:
Device properties
=================
Normally, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits,
i.e., the event types. In the case of two devices emitting the same event
types, additional information can be provided in the form of device
properties.
INPUT_PROP_DIRECT + INPUT_PROP_POINTER:
INPUT_PROP_DIRECT + INPUT_PROP_POINTER
--------------------------------------
The INPUT_PROP_DIRECT property indicates that device coordinates should be
directly mapped to screen coordinates (not taking into account trivial
transformations, such as scaling, flipping and rotating). Non-direct input
@@ -260,8 +305,9 @@ If neither INPUT_PROP_DIRECT or INPUT_PROP_POINTER are set, the property is
considered undefined and the device type should be deduced in the
traditional way, using emitted event types.
INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD:
INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD
--------------------
For touchpads where the button is placed beneath the surface, such that
pressing down on the pad causes a button click, this property should be
set. Common in clickpad notebooks and macbooks from 2009 and onwards.
@@ -270,8 +316,9 @@ Originally, the buttonpad property was coded into the bcm5974 driver
version field under the name integrated button. For backwards
compatibility, both methods need to be checked in userspace.
INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT:
INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT
------------------
Some touchpads, most common between 2008 and 2011, can detect the presence
of multiple contacts without resolving the individual positions; only the
number of contacts and a rectangular shape is known. For such
@@ -285,9 +332,10 @@ gestures can normally be extracted from it.
If INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT is not set, the device is assumed to be a true MT
device.
INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD:
INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD
-----------------------
Some laptops, most notably the Lenovo *40 series provide a trackstick
Some laptops, most notably the Lenovo 40 series provide a trackstick
device but do not have physical buttons associated with the trackstick
device. Instead, the top area of the touchpad is marked to show
visual/haptic areas for left, middle, right buttons intended to be used
@@ -299,7 +347,8 @@ The kernel does not provide button emulation for such devices but treats
them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device.
INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER
-------------------------
------------------------
Directional axes on this device (absolute and/or relative x, y, z) represent
accelerometer data. Some devices also report gyroscope data, which devices
can report through the rotational axes (absolute and/or relative rx, ry, rz).
@@ -307,21 +356,24 @@ can report through the rotational axes (absolute and/or relative rx, ry, rz).
All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix
regular directional axes and accelerometer axes on the same event node.
Guidelines:
Guidelines
==========
The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality.
For multi-touch functionality, see the multi-touch-protocol.txt document for
more information.
Mice:
----------
Mice
----
REL_{X,Y} must be reported when the mouse moves. BTN_LEFT must be used to report
the primary button press. BTN_{MIDDLE,RIGHT,4,5,etc.} should be used to report
further buttons of the device. REL_WHEEL and REL_HWHEEL should be used to report
scroll wheel events where available.
Touchscreens:
----------
Touchscreens
------------
ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH must be
used to report when a touch is active on the screen.
BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT,MIDDLE,RIGHT} must not be reported as the result of touch
@@ -329,8 +381,9 @@ contact. BTN_TOOL_<name> events should be reported where possible.
For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_DIRECT should be set.
Trackpads:
----------
Trackpads
---------
Legacy trackpads that only provide relative position information must report
events like mice described above.
@@ -341,8 +394,9 @@ be used to report the number of touches active on the trackpad.
For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set.
Tablets:
----------
Tablets
-------
BTN_TOOL_<name> events must be reported when a stylus or other tool is active on
the tablet. ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the tool. BTN_TOUCH
should be used to report when the tool is in contact with the tablet.

206
Documentation/input/ff.txt → Documentation/input/ff.rst
View File

@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
Force feedback for Linux.
By Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com> on 2001/04/22.
Updated by Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@gmail.com> on 2006/04/09.
You may redistribute this file. Please remember to include shape.fig and
interactive.fig as well.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
========================
Force feedback for Linux
========================
:Author: Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com> on 2001/04/22.
:Updated: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@gmail.com> on 2006/04/09.
You may redistribute this file. Please remember to include shape.svg and
interactive.svg as well.
Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~
1. Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This document describes how to use force feedback devices under Linux. The
goal is not to support these devices as if they were simple input-only devices
(as it is already the case), but to really enable the rendering of force
@@ -15,8 +19,9 @@ This document only describes the force feedback part of the Linux input
interface. Please read joystick.txt and input.txt before reading further this
document.
2. Instructions to the user
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Instructions to the user
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To enable force feedback, you have to:
1. have your kernel configured with evdev and a driver that supports your
@@ -33,39 +38,48 @@ something goes wrong.
If you have a serial iforce device, you need to start inputattach. See
joystick.txt for details.
2.1 Does it work ?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver.
% fftest /dev/input/eventXX
Does it work ?
--------------
There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver::
% fftest /dev/input/eventXX
Instructions to the developer
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3. Instructions to the developer
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
All interactions are done using the event API. That is, you can use ioctl()
and write() on /dev/input/eventXX.
This information is subject to change.
3.1 Querying device capabilities
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
Querying device capabilities
----------------------------
#define BITS_TO_LONGS(x) \
(((x) + 8 * sizeof (unsigned long) - 1) / (8 * sizeof (unsigned long)))
unsigned long features[BITS_TO_LONGS(FF_CNT)];
int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, unsigned long *features);
::
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#define BITS_TO_LONGS(x) \
(((x) + 8 * sizeof (unsigned long) - 1) / (8 * sizeof (unsigned long)))
unsigned long features[BITS_TO_LONGS(FF_CNT)];
int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, unsigned long *features);
"request" must be EVIOCGBIT(EV_FF, size of features array in bytes )
Returns the features supported by the device. features is a bitfield with the
following bits:
- FF_CONSTANT can render constant force effects
- FF_PERIODIC can render periodic effects with the following waveforms:
- FF_SQUARE square waveform
- FF_TRIANGLE triangle waveform
- FF_SINE sine waveform
- FF_SAW_UP sawtooth up waveform
- FF_SAW_DOWN sawtooth down waveform
- FF_CUSTOM custom waveform
- FF_RAMP can render ramp effects
- FF_SPRING can simulate the presence of a spring
- FF_FRICTION can simulate friction
@@ -75,24 +89,30 @@ following bits:
- FF_GAIN gain is adjustable
- FF_AUTOCENTER autocenter is adjustable
Note: In most cases you should use FF_PERIODIC instead of FF_RUMBLE. All
.. note::
- In most cases you should use FF_PERIODIC instead of FF_RUMBLE. All
devices that support FF_RUMBLE support FF_PERIODIC (square, triangle,
sine) and the other way around.
Note: The exact syntax FF_CUSTOM is undefined for the time being as no driver
- The exact syntax FF_CUSTOM is undefined for the time being as no driver
supports it yet.
::
int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCGEFFECTS, int *n);
int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCGEFFECTS, int *n);
Returns the number of effects the device can keep in its memory.
3.2 Uploading effects to the device
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
Uploading effects to the device
-------------------------------
int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, struct ff_effect *effect);
::
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, struct ff_effect *effect);
"request" must be EVIOCSFF.
@@ -106,38 +126,53 @@ allocate a new effect.
Effects are file descriptor specific.
See <uapi/linux/input.h> for a description of the ff_effect struct. You should
also find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.fig and
interactive.fig. You need xfig to visualize these files.
See <uapi/linux/input.h> for a description of the ff_effect struct. You
should also find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.svg
and interactive.svg:
3.3 Removing an effect from the device
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCRMFF, effect.id);
.. figure:: shape.svg
Shape
.. figure:: interactive.svg
Interactive
Removing an effect from the device
----------------------------------
::
int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCRMFF, effect.id);
This makes room for new effects in the device's memory. Note that this also
stops the effect if it was playing.
3.4 Controlling the playback of effects
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Controlling the playback of effects
-----------------------------------
Control of playing is done with write(). Below is an example:
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <unistd.h>
::
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <unistd.h>
struct input_event play;
struct input_event stop;
struct ff_effect effect;
int fd;
...
...
fd = open("/dev/input/eventXX", O_RDWR);
...
...
/* Play three times */
play.type = EV_FF;
play.code = effect.id;
play.value = 3;
write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(play));
...
...
/* Stop an effect */
stop.type = EV_FF;
stop.code = effect.id;
@@ -145,43 +180,50 @@ Control of playing is done with write(). Below is an example:
write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(stop));
3.5 Setting the gain
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Setting the gain
----------------
Not all devices have the same strength. Therefore, users should set a gain
factor depending on how strong they want effects to be. This setting is
persistent across access to the driver.
/* Set the gain of the device
int gain; /* between 0 and 100 */
struct input_event ie; /* structure used to communicate with the driver */
::
ie.type = EV_FF;
ie.code = FF_GAIN;
ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * gain / 100;
/* Set the gain of the device
int gain; /* between 0 and 100 */
struct input_event ie; /* structure used to communicate with the driver */
if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1)
ie.type = EV_FF;
ie.code = FF_GAIN;
ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * gain / 100;
if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1)
perror("set gain");
3.6 Enabling/Disabling autocenter
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Enabling/Disabling autocenter
-----------------------------
The autocenter feature quite disturbs the rendering of effects in my opinion,
and I think it should be an effect, which computation depends on the game
type. But you can enable it if you want.
int autocenter; /* between 0 and 100 */
struct input_event ie;
::
ie.type = EV_FF;
ie.code = FF_AUTOCENTER;
ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * autocenter / 100;
int autocenter; /* between 0 and 100 */
struct input_event ie;
if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1)
ie.type = EV_FF;
ie.code = FF_AUTOCENTER;
ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * autocenter / 100;
if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1)
perror("set auto-center");
A value of 0 means "no auto-center".
3.7 Dynamic update of an effect
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Dynamic update of an effect
---------------------------
Proceed as if you wanted to upload a new effect, except that instead of
setting the id field to -1, you set it to the wanted effect id.
Normally, the effect is not stopped and restarted. However, depending on the
@@ -192,30 +234,32 @@ case, the driver stops the effect, up-load it, and restart it.
Therefore it is recommended to dynamically change direction while the effect
is playing only when it is ok to restart the effect with a replay count of 1.
3.8 Information about the status of effects
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Information about the status of effects
---------------------------------------
Every time the status of an effect is changed, an event is sent. The values
and meanings of the fields of the event are as follows:
and meanings of the fields of the event are as follows::
struct input_event {
/* When the status of the effect changed */
struct timeval time;
struct input_event {
/* When the status of the effect changed */
struct timeval time;
/* Set to EV_FF_STATUS */
unsigned short type;
/* Set to EV_FF_STATUS */
unsigned short type;
/* Contains the id of the effect */
unsigned short code;
/* Contains the id of the effect */
unsigned short code;
/* Indicates the status */
unsigned int value;
};
/* Indicates the status */
unsigned int value;
};
FF_STATUS_STOPPED The effect stopped playing
FF_STATUS_PLAYING The effect started to play
FF_STATUS_STOPPED The effect stopped playing
FF_STATUS_PLAYING The effect started to play
NOTE: Status feedback is only supported by iforce driver. If you have
.. note::
- Status feedback is only supported by iforce driver. If you have
a really good reason to use this, please contact
linux-joystick@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz or anssi.hannula@gmail.com
so that support for it can be added to the rest of the drivers.

98
Documentation/input/gamepad.txt → Documentation/input/gamepad.rst
View File

@@ -1,15 +1,19 @@
Linux Gamepad API
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------
Linux Gamepad Specification
---------------------------
1. Intro
~~~~~~~~
:Author: 2013 by David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Linux provides many different input drivers for gamepad hardware. To avoid
having user-space deal with different button-mappings for each gamepad, this
document defines how gamepads are supposed to report their data.
2. Geometry
~~~~~~~~~~~
As "gamepad" we define devices which roughly look like this:
Geometry
~~~~~~~~
As "gamepad" we define devices which roughly look like this::
____________________________ __
/ [__ZL__] [__ZR__] \ |
@@ -35,6 +39,7 @@ As "gamepad" we define devices which roughly look like this:
Menu Pad
Most gamepads have the following features:
- Action-Pad
4 buttons in diamonds-shape (on the right side). The buttons are
differently labeled on most devices so we define them as NORTH,
@@ -58,8 +63,9 @@ Most gamepads have the following features:
Many devices provide force-feedback features. But are mostly just
simple rumble motors.
3. Detection
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Detection
~~~~~~~~~
All gamepads that follow the protocol described here map BTN_GAMEPAD. This is
an alias for BTN_SOUTH/BTN_A. It can be used to identify a gamepad as such.
However, not all gamepads provide all features, so you need to test for all
@@ -85,75 +91,101 @@ devices that report a small subset of the events.
No other devices, that do not look/feel like a gamepad, shall report these
events.
4. Events
~~~~~~~~~
Events
~~~~~~
Gamepads report the following events:
Action-Pad:
- Action-Pad:
Every gamepad device has at least 2 action buttons. This means, that every
device reports BTN_SOUTH (which BTN_GAMEPAD is an alias for). Regardless
of the labels on the buttons, the codes are sent according to the
physical position of the buttons.
Please note that 2- and 3-button pads are fairly rare and old. You might
want to filter gamepads that do not report all four.
2-Button Pad:
- 2-Button Pad:
If only 2 action-buttons are present, they are reported as BTN_SOUTH and
BTN_EAST. For vertical layouts, the upper button is BTN_EAST. For
horizontal layouts, the button more on the right is BTN_EAST.
3-Button Pad:
- 3-Button Pad:
If only 3 action-buttons are present, they are reported as (from left
to right): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST
If the buttons are aligned perfectly vertically, they are reported as
(from top down): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST
4-Button Pad:
- 4-Button Pad:
If all 4 action-buttons are present, they can be aligned in two
different formations. If diamond-shaped, they are reported as BTN_NORTH,
BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST according to their physical location.
If rectangular-shaped, the upper-left button is BTN_NORTH, lower-left
is BTN_WEST, lower-right is BTN_SOUTH and upper-right is BTN_EAST.
D-Pad:
- D-Pad:
Every gamepad provides a D-Pad with four directions: Up, Down, Left, Right
Some of these are available as digital buttons, some as analog buttons. Some
may even report both. The kernel does not convert between these so
applications should support both and choose what is more appropriate if
both are reported.
Digital buttons are reported as:
BTN_DPAD_*
Analog buttons are reported as:
ABS_HAT0X and ABS_HAT0Y
(for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down)
Analog-Sticks:
- Digital buttons are reported as:
BTN_DPAD_*
- Analog buttons are reported as:
ABS_HAT0X and ABS_HAT0Y
(for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down)
- Analog-Sticks:
The left analog-stick is reported as ABS_X, ABS_Y. The right analog stick is
reported as ABS_RX, ABS_RY. Zero, one or two sticks may be present.
If analog-sticks provide digital buttons, they are mapped accordingly as
BTN_THUMBL (first/left) and BTN_THUMBR (second/right).
(for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down)
Triggers:
(for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down)
- Triggers:
Trigger buttons can be available as digital or analog buttons or both. User-
space must correctly deal with any situation and choose the most appropriate
mode.
Upper trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR or ABS_HAT1X (right) and BTN_TL
or ABS_HAT1Y (left). Lower trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR2 or
ABS_HAT2X (right/ZR) and BTN_TL2 or ABS_HAT2Y (left/ZL).
If only one trigger-button combination is present (upper+lower), they are
reported as "right" triggers (BTN_TR/ABS_HAT1X).
(ABS trigger values start at 0, pressure is reported as positive values)
Menu-Pad:
(ABS trigger values start at 0, pressure is reported as positive values)
- Menu-Pad:
Menu buttons are always digital and are mapped according to their location
instead of their labels. That is:
1-button Pad: Mapped as BTN_START
2-button Pad: Left button mapped as BTN_SELECT, right button mapped as
BTN_START
- 1-button Pad:
Mapped as BTN_START
- 2-button Pad:
Left button mapped as BTN_SELECT, right button mapped as BTN_START
Many pads also have a third button which is branded or has a special symbol
and meaning. Such buttons are mapped as BTN_MODE. Examples are the Nintendo
"HOME" button, the XBox "X"-button or Sony "PS" button.
Rumble:
Rumble is advertised as FF_RUMBLE.
- Rumble:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Written 2013 by David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Rumble is advertised as FF_RUMBLE.

83
Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt → Documentation/input/gameport-programming.rst
View File

@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Programming gameport drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1. A basic classic gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A basic classic gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If the gameport doesn't provide more than the inb()/outb() functionality,
the code needed to register it with the joystick drivers is simple:
the code needed to register it with the joystick drivers is simple::
struct gameport gameport;
@@ -37,12 +38,12 @@ space only when something really is using it. Disable it again in the
callback, so that it doesn't fail if some of the possible addresses are
already occupied by other gameports.
2. Memory mapped gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Memory mapped gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When a gameport can be accessed through MMIO, this way is preferred, because
it is faster, allowing more reads per second. Registering such a gameport
isn't as easy as a basic IO one, but not so much complex:
isn't as easy as a basic IO one, but not so much complex::
struct gameport gameport;
@@ -53,19 +54,21 @@ isn't as easy as a basic IO one, but not so much complex:
unsigned char my_read(struct gameport *gameport)
{
return my_mmio;
return my_mmio;
}
gameport.read = my_read;
gameport.trigger = my_trigger;
gameport_register_port(&gameport);
3. Cooked mode gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. _gameport_pgm_cooked_mode:
Cooked mode gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There are gameports that can report the axis values as numbers, that means
the driver doesn't have to measure them the old way - an ADC is built into
the gameport. To register a cooked gameport:
the gameport. To register a cooked gameport::
struct gameport gameport;
@@ -95,8 +98,8 @@ See analog.c and input.c for handling of fuzz - the fuzz value determines
the size of a gaussian filter window that is used to eliminate the noise
in the data.
4. More complex gameports
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
More complex gameports
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Gameports can support both raw and cooked modes. In that case combine either
examples 1+2 or 1+3. Gameports can support internal calibration - see below,
@@ -104,65 +107,91 @@ and also lightning.c and analog.c on how that works. If your driver supports
more than one gameport instance simultaneously, use the ->private member of
the gameport struct to point to your data.
5. Unregistering a gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Unregistering a gameport
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Simple:
Simple::
gameport_unregister_port(&gameport);
gameport_unregister_port(&gameport);
6. The gameport structure
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The gameport structure
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
struct gameport {
.. note::
This section is outdated. There are several fields here that don't
match what's there at include/linux/gameport.h.
::
struct gameport {
void *private;
A private pointer for free use in the gameport driver. (Not the joystick
driver!)
::
int number;
Number assigned to the gameport when registered. Informational purpose only.
::
int io;
I/O address for use with raw mode. You have to either set this, or ->read()
to some value if your gameport supports raw mode.
::
int speed;
Raw mode speed of the gameport reads in thousands of reads per second.
::
int fuzz;
If the gameport supports cooked mode, this should be set to a value that
represents the amount of noise in the data. See section 3.
represents the amount of noise in the data. See
:ref:`gameport_pgm_cooked_mode`.
::
void (*trigger)(struct gameport *);
Trigger. This function should trigger the ns558 oneshots. If set to NULL,
outb(0xff, io) will be used.
::
unsigned char (*read)(struct gameport *);
Read the buttons and ns558 oneshot bits. If set to NULL, inb(io) will be
used instead.
int (*cooked_read)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *buttons);
::
int (*cooked_read)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *buttons);
If the gameport supports cooked mode, it should point this to its cooked
read function. It should fill axes[0..3] with four values of the joystick axes
and buttons[0] with four bits representing the buttons.
int (*calibrate)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *max);
::
int (*calibrate)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *max);
Function for calibrating the ADC hardware. When called, axes[0..3] should be
pre-filled by cooked data by the caller, max[0..3] should be pre-filled with
expected maximums for each axis. The calibrate() function should set the
sensitivity of the ADC hardware so that the maximums fit in its range and
recompute the axes[] values to match the new sensitivity or re-read them from
the hardware so that they give valid values.
the hardware so that they give valid values.
::
int (*open)(struct gameport *, int mode);
@@ -172,16 +201,22 @@ Second, resource allocation can happen here. The port can also be enabled
here. Prior to this call, other fields of the gameport struct (namely the io
member) need not to be valid.
::
void (*close)(struct gameport *);
Close() should free the resources allocated by open, possibly disabling the
gameport.
::
struct gameport_dev *dev;
struct gameport *next;
For internal use by the gameport layer.
};
::
};
Enjoy!

103
Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt
View File

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
Driver for tilt-switches connected via GPIOs
============================================
Generic driver to read data from tilt switches connected via gpios.
Orientation can be provided by one or more than one tilt switches,
i.e. each tilt switch providing one axis, and the number of axes
is also not limited.
Data structures:
----------------
The array of struct gpio in the gpios field is used to list the gpios
that represent the current tilt state.
The array of struct gpio_tilt_axis describes the axes that are reported
to the input system. The values set therein are used for the
input_set_abs_params calls needed to init the axes.
The array of struct gpio_tilt_state maps gpio states to the corresponding
values to report. The gpio state is represented as a bitfield where the
bit-index corresponds to the index of the gpio in the struct gpio array.
In the same manner the values stored in the axes array correspond to
the elements of the gpio_tilt_axis-array.
Example:
--------
Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around
one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs.
static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) {
/* code to enable the sensors */
};
static void sg060_tilt_disable(struct device *dev) {
/* code to disable the sensors */
};
static struct gpio sg060_tilt_gpios[] = {
{ SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR1, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor1" },
{ SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR2, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor2" },
};
static struct gpio_tilt_state sg060_tilt_states[] = {
{
.gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
0,
},
}, {
.gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
1, /* 90 degrees */
},
}, {
.gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
2, /* 180 degrees */
},
}, {
.gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0),
.axes = (int[]) {
3, /* 270 degrees */
},
},
};
static struct gpio_tilt_axis sg060_tilt_axes[] = {
{
.axis = ABS_RY,
.min = 0,
.max = 3,
.fuzz = 0,
.flat = 0,
},
};
static struct gpio_tilt_platform_data sg060_tilt_pdata= {
.gpios = sg060_tilt_gpios,
.nr_gpios = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_gpios),
.axes = sg060_tilt_axes,
.nr_axes = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_axes),
.states = sg060_tilt_states,
.nr_states = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_states),
.debounce_interval = 100,
.poll_interval = 1000,
.enable = sg060_tilt_enable,
.disable = sg060_tilt_disable,
};
static struct platform_device sg060_device_tilt = {
.name = "gpio-tilt-polled",
.id = -1,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &sg060_tilt_pdata,
},
};

258
Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
View File

@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
** Introduction
This document describes what I managed to discover about the protocol used to
specify force effects to I-Force 2.0 devices. None of this information comes
from Immerse. That's why you should not trust what is written in this
document. This document is intended to help understanding the protocol.
This is not a reference. Comments and corrections are welcome. To contact me,
send an email to: johann.deneux@gmail.com
** WARNING **
I shall not be held responsible for any damage or harm caused if you try to
send data to your I-Force device based on what you read in this document.
** Preliminary Notes:
All values are hexadecimal with big-endian encoding (msb on the left). Beware,
values inside packets are encoded using little-endian. Bytes whose roles are
unknown are marked ??? Information that needs deeper inspection is marked (?)
** General form of a packet **
This is how packets look when the device uses the rs232 to communicate.
2B OP LEN DATA CS
CS is the checksum. It is equal to the exclusive or of all bytes.
When using USB:
OP DATA
The 2B, LEN and CS fields have disappeared, probably because USB handles frames and
data corruption is handled or unsignificant.
First, I describe effects that are sent by the device to the computer
** Device input state
This packet is used to indicate the state of each button and the value of each
axis
OP= 01 for a joystick, 03 for a wheel
LEN= Varies from device to device
00 X-Axis lsb
01 X-Axis msb
02 Y-Axis lsb, or gas pedal for a wheel
03 Y-Axis msb, or brake pedal for a wheel
04 Throttle
05 Buttons
06 Lower 4 bits: Buttons
Upper 4 bits: Hat
07 Rudder
** Device effects states
OP= 02
LEN= Varies
00 ? Bit 1 (Value 2) is the value of the deadman switch
01 Bit 8 is set if the effect is playing. Bits 0 to 7 are the effect id.
02 ??
03 Address of parameter block changed (lsb)
04 Address of parameter block changed (msb)
05 Address of second parameter block changed (lsb)
... depending on the number of parameter blocks updated
** Force effect **
OP= 01
LEN= 0e
00 Channel (when playing several effects at the same time, each must be assigned a channel)
01 Wave form
Val 00 Constant
Val 20 Square
Val 21 Triangle
Val 22 Sine
Val 23 Sawtooth up
Val 24 Sawtooth down
Val 40 Spring (Force = f(pos))
Val 41 Friction (Force = f(velocity)) and Inertia (Force = f(acceleration))
02 Axes affected and trigger
Bits 4-7: Val 2 = effect along one axis. Byte 05 indicates direction
Val 4 = X axis only. Byte 05 must contain 5a
Val 8 = Y axis only. Byte 05 must contain b4
Val c = X and Y axes. Bytes 05 must contain 60
Bits 0-3: Val 0 = No trigger
Val x+1 = Button x triggers the effect
When the whole byte is 0, cancel the previously set trigger
03-04 Duration of effect (little endian encoding, in ms)
05 Direction of effect, if applicable. Else, see 02 for value to assign.
06-07 Minimum time between triggering.
08-09 Address of periodicity or magnitude parameters
0a-0b Address of attack and fade parameters, or ffff if none.
*or*
08-09 Address of interactive parameters for X-axis, or ffff if not applicable
0a-0b Address of interactive parameters for Y-axis, or ffff if not applicable
0c-0d Delay before execution of effect (little endian encoding, in ms)
** Time based parameters **
*** Attack and fade ***
OP= 02
LEN= 08
00-01 Address where to store the parameters
02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms)
04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte.
05-06 Duration of fade.
07 Level at end of fade.
*** Magnitude ***
OP= 03
LEN= 03
00-01 Address
02 Level. Signed byte.
*** Periodicity ***
OP= 04
LEN= 07
00-01 Address
02 Magnitude. Signed byte.
03 Offset. Signed byte.
04 Phase. Val 00 = 0 deg, Val 40 = 90 degs.
05-06 Period (little endian encoding, in ms)
** Interactive parameters **
OP= 05
LEN= 0a
00-01 Address
02 Positive Coeff
03 Negative Coeff
04+05 Offset (center)
06+07 Dead band (Val 01F4 = 5000 (decimal))
08 Positive saturation (Val 0a = 1000 (decimal) Val 64 = 10000 (decimal))
09 Negative saturation
The encoding is a bit funny here: For coeffs, these are signed values. The
maximum value is 64 (100 decimal), the min is 9c.
For the offset, the minimum value is FE0C, the maximum value is 01F4.
For the deadband, the minimum value is 0, the max is 03E8.
** Controls **
OP= 41
LEN= 03
00 Channel
01 Start/Stop
Val 00: Stop
Val 01: Start and play once.
Val 41: Start and play n times (See byte 02 below)
02 Number of iterations n.
** Init **
*** Querying features ***
OP= ff
Query command. Length varies according to the query type.
The general format of this packet is:
ff 01 QUERY [INDEX] CHECKSUM
responses are of the same form:
FF LEN QUERY VALUE_QUERIED CHECKSUM2
where LEN = 1 + length(VALUE_QUERIED)
**** Query ram size ****
QUERY = 42 ('B'uffer size)
The device should reply with the same packet plus two additional bytes
containing the size of the memory:
ff 03 42 03 e8 CS would mean that the device has 1000 bytes of ram available.
**** Query number of effects ****
QUERY = 4e ('N'umber of effects)
The device should respond by sending the number of effects that can be played
at the same time (one byte)
ff 02 4e 14 CS would stand for 20 effects.
**** Vendor's id ****
QUERY = 4d ('M'anufacturer)
Query the vendors'id (2 bytes)
**** Product id *****
QUERY = 50 ('P'roduct)
Query the product id (2 bytes)
**** Open device ****
QUERY = 4f ('O'pen)
No data returned.
**** Close device *****
QUERY = 43 ('C')lose
No data returned.
**** Query effect ****
QUERY = 45 ('E')
Send effect type.
Returns nonzero if supported (2 bytes)
**** Firmware Version ****
QUERY = 56 ('V'ersion)
Sends back 3 bytes - major, minor, subminor
*** Initialisation of the device ***
**** Set Control ****
!!! Device dependent, can be different on different models !!!
OP= 40 <idx> <val> [<val>]
LEN= 2 or 3
00 Idx
Idx 00 Set dead zone (0..2048)
Idx 01 Ignore Deadman sensor (0..1)
Idx 02 Enable comm watchdog (0..1)
Idx 03 Set the strength of the spring (0..100)
Idx 04 Enable or disable the spring (0/1)
Idx 05 Set axis saturation threshold (0..2048)
**** Set Effect State ****
OP= 42 <val>
LEN= 1
00 State
Bit 3 Pause force feedback
Bit 2 Enable force feedback
Bit 0 Stop all effects
**** Set overall gain ****
OP= 43 <val>
LEN= 1
00 Gain
Val 00 = 0%
Val 40 = 50%
Val 80 = 100%
** Parameter memory **
Each device has a certain amount of memory to store parameters of effects.
The amount of RAM may vary, I encountered values from 200 to 1000 bytes. Below
is the amount of memory apparently needed for every set of parameters:
- period : 0c
- magnitude : 02
- attack and fade : 0e
- interactive : 08
** Appendix: How to study the protocol ? **
1. Generate effects using the force editor provided with the DirectX SDK, or
use Immersion Studio (freely available at their web site in the developer section:
www.immersion.com)
2. Start a soft spying RS232 or USB (depending on where you connected your
joystick/wheel). I used ComPortSpy from fCoder (alpha version!)
3. Play the effect, and watch what happens on the spy screen.
A few words about ComPortSpy:
At first glance, this software seems, hum, well... buggy. In fact, data appear with a
few seconds latency. Personally, I restart it every time I play an effect.
Remember it's free (as in free beer) and alpha!
** URLS **
Check www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio, and www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy.
** Author of this document **
Johann Deneux <johann.deneux@gmail.com>
Home page at http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.esil.univ-mrs.fr
Additions by Vojtech Pavlik.
I-Force is trademark of Immersion Corp.

20
Documentation/input/index.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
=============================
The Linux Input Documentation
=============================
Contents:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
:numbered:
input_uapi
input_kapi
devices/index
.. only:: subproject and html
Indices
=======
* :ref:`genindex`

228
Documentation/input/input-programming.txt → Documentation/input/input-programming.rst
View File

@@ -1,77 +1,75 @@
Programming input drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
===============================
Creating an input device driver
===============================
1. Creating an input device driver
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1.0 The simplest example
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The simplest example
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Here comes a very simple example of an input device driver. The device has
just one button and the button is accessible at i/o port BUTTON_PORT. When
pressed or released a BUTTON_IRQ happens. The driver could look like:
pressed or released a BUTTON_IRQ happens. The driver could look like::
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/input.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <asm/irq.h>
#include <asm/io.h>
#include <asm/irq.h>
#include <asm/io.h>
static struct input_dev *button_dev;
static struct input_dev *button_dev;
static irqreturn_t button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy)
{
input_report_key(button_dev, BTN_0, inb(BUTTON_PORT) & 1);
input_sync(button_dev);
return IRQ_HANDLED;
}
static irqreturn_t button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy)
{
input_report_key(button_dev, BTN_0, inb(BUTTON_PORT) & 1);
input_sync(button_dev);
return IRQ_HANDLED;
}
static int __init button_init(void)
{
int error;
static int __init button_init(void)
{
int error;
if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq);
return -EBUSY;
}
if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq);
return -EBUSY;
}
button_dev = input_allocate_device();
if (!button_dev) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Not enough memory\n");
error = -ENOMEM;
goto err_free_irq;
}
button_dev = input_allocate_device();
if (!button_dev) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Not enough memory\n");
error = -ENOMEM;
goto err_free_irq;
}
button_dev->evbit[0] = BIT_MASK(EV_KEY);
button_dev->keybit[BIT_WORD(BTN_0)] = BIT_MASK(BTN_0);
button_dev->evbit[0] = BIT_MASK(EV_KEY);
button_dev->keybit[BIT_WORD(BTN_0)] = BIT_MASK(BTN_0);
error = input_register_device(button_dev);
if (error) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Failed to register device\n");
goto err_free_dev;
}
error = input_register_device(button_dev);
if (error) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Failed to register device\n");
goto err_free_dev;
}
return 0;
return 0;
err_free_dev:
input_free_device(button_dev);
err_free_irq:
free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt);
return error;
}
err_free_dev:
input_free_device(button_dev);
err_free_irq:
free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt);
return error;
}
static void __exit button_exit(void)
{
input_unregister_device(button_dev);
free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt);
}
static void __exit button_exit(void)
{
input_unregister_device(button_dev);
free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt);
}
module_init(button_init);
module_exit(button_exit);
module_init(button_init);
module_exit(button_exit);
1.1 What the example does
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
What the example does
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
First it has to include the <linux/input.h> file, which interfaces to the
input subsystem. This provides all the definitions needed.
@@ -85,7 +83,7 @@ and sets up input bitfields. This way the device driver tells the other
parts of the input systems what it is - what events can be generated or
accepted by this input device. Our example device can only generate EV_KEY
type events, and from those only BTN_0 event code. Thus we only set these
two bits. We could have used
two bits. We could have used::
set_bit(EV_KEY, button_dev.evbit);
set_bit(BTN_0, button_dev.keybit);
@@ -93,7 +91,7 @@ two bits. We could have used
as well, but with more than single bits the first approach tends to be
shorter.
Then the example driver registers the input device structure by calling
Then the example driver registers the input device structure by calling::
input_register_device(&button_dev);
@@ -102,12 +100,12 @@ calls device handler modules _connect functions to tell them a new input
device has appeared. input_register_device() may sleep and therefore must
not be called from an interrupt or with a spinlock held.
While in use, the only used function of the driver is
While in use, the only used function of the driver is::
button_interrupt()
which upon every interrupt from the button checks its state and reports it
via the
via the::
input_report_key()
@@ -116,7 +114,7 @@ routine isn't reporting two same value events (press, press for example) to
the input system, because the input_report_* functions check that
themselves.
Then there is the
Then there is the::
input_sync()
@@ -125,38 +123,38 @@ This doesn't seem important in the one button case, but is quite important
for for example mouse movement, where you don't want the X and Y values
to be interpreted separately, because that'd result in a different movement.
1.2 dev->open() and dev->close()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
dev->open() and dev->close()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In case the driver has to repeatedly poll the device, because it doesn't
have an interrupt coming from it and the polling is too expensive to be done
all the time, or if the device uses a valuable resource (eg. interrupt), it
can use the open and close callback to know when it can stop polling or
release the interrupt and when it must resume polling or grab the interrupt
again. To do that, we would add this to our example driver:
again. To do that, we would add this to our example driver::
static int button_open(struct input_dev *dev)
{
if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq);
return -EBUSY;
}
static int button_open(struct input_dev *dev)
{
if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq);
return -EBUSY;
}
return 0;
}
return 0;
}
static void button_close(struct input_dev *dev)
{
free_irq(IRQ_AMIGA_VERTB, button_interrupt);
}
static void button_close(struct input_dev *dev)
{
free_irq(IRQ_AMIGA_VERTB, button_interrupt);
}
static int __init button_init(void)
{
...
button_dev->open = button_open;
button_dev->close = button_close;
...
}
static int __init button_init(void)
{
...
button_dev->open = button_open;
button_dev->close = button_close;
...
}
Note that input core keeps track of number of users for the device and
makes sure that dev->open() is called only when the first user connects
@@ -166,11 +164,11 @@ disconnects. Calls to both callbacks are serialized.
The open() callback should return a 0 in case of success or any nonzero value
in case of failure. The close() callback (which is void) must always succeed.
1.3 Basic event types
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Basic event types
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The most simple event type is EV_KEY, which is used for keys and buttons.
It's reported to the input system via:
It's reported to the input system via::
input_report_key(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value)
@@ -188,7 +186,7 @@ events are namely for joysticks and digitizers - devices that do work in an
absolute coordinate systems.
Having the device report EV_REL buttons is as simple as with EV_KEY, simply
set the corresponding bits and call the
set the corresponding bits and call the::
input_report_rel(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value)
@@ -197,14 +195,14 @@ function. Events are generated only for nonzero value.
However EV_ABS requires a little special care. Before calling
input_register_device, you have to fill additional fields in the input_dev
struct for each absolute axis your device has. If our button device had also
the ABS_X axis:
the ABS_X axis::
button_dev.absmin[ABS_X] = 0;
button_dev.absmax[ABS_X] = 255;
button_dev.absfuzz[ABS_X] = 4;
button_dev.absflat[ABS_X] = 8;
Or, you can just say:
Or, you can just say::
input_set_abs_params(button_dev, ABS_X, 0, 255, 4, 8);
@@ -218,18 +216,18 @@ If you don't need absfuzz and absflat, you can set them to zero, which mean
that the thing is precise and always returns to exactly the center position
(if it has any).
1.4 BITS_TO_LONGS(), BIT_WORD(), BIT_MASK()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
BITS_TO_LONGS(), BIT_WORD(), BIT_MASK()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
These three macros from bitops.h help some bitfield computations:
These three macros from bitops.h help some bitfield computations::
BITS_TO_LONGS(x) - returns the length of a bitfield array in longs for
x bits
BIT_WORD(x) - returns the index in the array in longs for bit x
BIT_MASK(x) - returns the index in a long for bit x
1.5 The id* and name fields
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The id* and name fields
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The dev->name should be set before registering the input device by the input
device driver. It's a string like 'Generic button device' containing a
@@ -245,8 +243,8 @@ driver.
The id and name fields can be passed to userland via the evdev interface.
1.6 The keycode, keycodemax, keycodesize fields
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The keycode, keycodemax, keycodesize fields
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
These three fields should be used by input devices that have dense keymaps.
The keycode is an array used to map from scancodes to input system keycodes.
@@ -259,14 +257,15 @@ When a device has all 3 aforementioned fields filled in, the driver may
rely on kernel's default implementation of setting and querying keycode
mappings.
1.7 dev->getkeycode() and dev->setkeycode()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
dev->getkeycode() and dev->setkeycode()
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
getkeycode() and setkeycode() callbacks allow drivers to override default
keycode/keycodesize/keycodemax mapping mechanism provided by input core
and implement sparse keycode maps.
1.8 Key autorepeat
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Key autorepeat
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
... is simple. It is handled by the input.c module. Hardware autorepeat is
not used, because it's not present in many devices and even where it is
@@ -274,29 +273,30 @@ present, it is broken sometimes (at keyboards: Toshiba notebooks). To enable
autorepeat for your device, just set EV_REP in dev->evbit. All will be
handled by the input system.
1.9 Other event types, handling output events
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Other event types, handling output events
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The other event types up to now are:
EV_LED - used for the keyboard LEDs.
EV_SND - used for keyboard beeps.
- EV_LED - used for the keyboard LEDs.
- EV_SND - used for keyboard beeps.
They are very similar to for example key events, but they go in the other
direction - from the system to the input device driver. If your input device
driver can handle these events, it has to set the respective bits in evbit,
*and* also the callback routine:
*and* also the callback routine::
button_dev->event = button_event;
button_dev->event = button_event;
int button_event(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type, unsigned int code, int value);
{
if (type == EV_SND && code == SND_BELL) {
outb(value, BUTTON_BELL);
return 0;
}
return -1;
}
int button_event(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type,
unsigned int code, int value)
{
if (type == EV_SND && code == SND_BELL) {
outb(value, BUTTON_BELL);
return 0;
}
return -1;
}
This callback routine can be called from an interrupt or a BH (although that
isn't a rule), and thus must not sleep, and must not take too long to finish.

281
Documentation/input/input.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
============
Introduction
============
:Copyright: |copy| 1999-2001 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz> - Sponsored by SuSE
Architecture
============
Input subsystem a collection of drivers that is designed to support
all input devices under Linux. Most of the drivers reside in
drivers/input, although quite a few live in drivers/hid and
drivers/platform.
The core of the input subsystem is the input module, which must be
loaded before any other of the input modules - it serves as a way of
communication between two groups of modules:
Device drivers
--------------
These modules talk to the hardware (for example via USB), and provide
events (keystrokes, mouse movements) to the input module.
Event handlers
--------------
These modules get events from input core and pass them where needed
via various interfaces - keystrokes to the kernel, mouse movements via
a simulated PS/2 interface to GPM and X, and so on.
Simple Usage
============
For the most usual configuration, with one USB mouse and one USB keyboard,
you'll have to load the following modules (or have them built in to the
kernel)::
input
mousedev
usbcore
uhci_hcd or ohci_hcd or ehci_hcd
usbhid
hid_generic
After this, the USB keyboard will work straight away, and the USB mouse
will be available as a character device on major 13, minor 63::
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice
This device usually created automatically by the system. The commands
to create it by hand are::
cd /dev
mkdir input
mknod input/mice c 13 63
After that you have to point GPM (the textmode mouse cut&paste tool) and
XFree to this device to use it - GPM should be called like::
gpm -t ps2 -m /dev/input/mice
And in X::
Section "Pointer"
Protocol "ImPS/2"
Device "/dev/input/mice"
ZAxisMapping 4 5
EndSection
When you do all of the above, you can use your USB mouse and keyboard.
Detailed Description
====================
Event handlers
--------------
Event handlers distribute the events from the devices to userspace and
in-kernel consumers, as needed.
evdev
~~~~~
``evdev`` is the generic input event interface. It passes the events
generated in the kernel straight to the program, with timestamps. The
event codes are the same on all architectures and are hardware
independent.
This is the preferred interface for userspace to consume user
input, and all clients are encouraged to use it.
See :ref:`event-interface` for notes on API.
The devices are in /dev/input::
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 64 Apr 1 10:49 event0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 65 Apr 1 10:50 event1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 66 Apr 1 10:50 event2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 67 Apr 1 10:50 event3
...
There are two ranges of minors: 64 through 95 is the static legacy
range. If there are more than 32 input devices in a system, additional
evdev nodes are created with minors starting with 256.
keyboard
~~~~~~~~
``keyboard`` is in-kernel input handler ad is a part of VT code. It
consumes keyboard keystrokes and handles user input for VT consoles.
mousedev
~~~~~~~~
``mousedev`` is a hack to make legacy programs that use mouse input
work. It takes events from either mice or digitizers/tablets and makes
a PS/2-style (a la /dev/psaux) mouse device available to the
userland.
Mousedev devices in /dev/input (as shown above) are::
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 32 Mar 28 22:45 mouse0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 33 Mar 29 00:41 mouse1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 34 Mar 29 00:41 mouse2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 35 Apr 1 10:50 mouse3
...
...
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 62 Apr 1 10:50 mouse30
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Apr 1 10:50 mice
Each ``mouse`` device is assigned to a single mouse or digitizer, except
the last one - ``mice``. This single character device is shared by all
mice and digitizers, and even if none are connected, the device is
present. This is useful for hotplugging USB mice, so that older programs
that do not handle hotplug can open the device even when no mice are
present.
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_[XY] in the kernel configuration are
the size of your screen (in pixels) in XFree86. This is needed if you
want to use your digitizer in X, because its movement is sent to X
via a virtual PS/2 mouse and thus needs to be scaled
accordingly. These values won't be used if you use a mouse only.
Mousedev will generate either PS/2, ImPS/2 (Microsoft IntelliMouse) or
ExplorerPS/2 (IntelliMouse Explorer) protocols, depending on what the
program reading the data wishes. You can set GPM and X to any of
these. You'll need ImPS/2 if you want to make use of a wheel on a USB
mouse and ExplorerPS/2 if you want to use extra (up to 5) buttons.
joydev
~~~~~~
``joydev`` implements v0.x and v1.x Linux joystick API. See
:ref:`joystick-api` for details.
As soon as any joystick is connected, it can be accessed in /dev/input on::
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 0 Apr 1 10:50 js0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 1 Apr 1 10:50 js1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 2 Apr 1 10:50 js2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 3 Apr 1 10:50 js3
...
And so on up to js31 in legacy range, and additional nodes with minors
above 256 if there are more joystick devices.
Device drivers
--------------
Device drivers are the modules that generate events.
hid-generic
~~~~~~~~~~~
``hid-generic`` is one of the largest and most complex driver of the
whole suite. It handles all HID devices, and because there is a very
wide variety of them, and because the USB HID specification isn't
simple, it needs to be this big.
Currently, it handles USB mice, joysticks, gamepads, steering wheels
keyboards, trackballs and digitizers.
However, USB uses HID also for monitor controls, speaker controls, UPSs,
LCDs and many other purposes.
The monitor and speaker controls should be easy to add to the hid/input
interface, but for the UPSs and LCDs it doesn't make much sense. For this,
the hiddev interface was designed. See Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt
for more information about it.
The usage of the usbhid module is very simple, it takes no parameters,
detects everything automatically and when a HID device is inserted, it
detects it appropriately.
However, because the devices vary wildly, you might happen to have a
device that doesn't work well. In that case #define DEBUG at the beginning
of hid-core.c and send me the syslog traces.
usbmouse
~~~~~~~~
For embedded systems, for mice with broken HID descriptors and just any
other use when the big usbhid wouldn't be a good choice, there is the
usbmouse driver. It handles USB mice only. It uses a simpler HIDBP
protocol. This also means the mice must support this simpler protocol. Not
all do. If you don't have any strong reason to use this module, use usbhid
instead.
usbkbd
~~~~~~
Much like usbmouse, this module talks to keyboards with a simplified
HIDBP protocol. It's smaller, but doesn't support any extra special keys.
Use usbhid instead if there isn't any special reason to use this.
psmouse
~~~~~~~
This is driver for all flavors of pointing devices using PS/2
protocol, including Synaptics and ALPS touchpads, Intellimouse
Explorer devices, Logitech PS/2 mice and so on.
atkbd
~~~~~
This is driver for PS/2 (AT) keyboards.
iforce
~~~~~~
A driver for I-Force joysticks and wheels, both over USB and RS232.
It includes Force Feedback support now, even though Immersion
Corp. considers the protocol a trade secret and won't disclose a word
about it.
Verifying if it works
=====================
Typing a couple keys on the keyboard should be enough to check that
a keyboard works and is correctly connected to the kernel keyboard
driver.
Doing a ``cat /dev/input/mouse0`` (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse
is also emulated; characters should appear if you move it.
You can test the joystick emulation with the ``jstest`` utility,
available in the joystick package (see :ref:`joystick-doc`).
You can test the event devices with the ``evtest`` utility.
.. _event-interface:
Event interface
===============
You can use blocking and nonblocking reads, and also select() on the
/dev/input/eventX devices, and you'll always get a whole number of input
events on a read. Their layout is::
struct input_event {
struct timeval time;
unsigned short type;
unsigned short code;
unsigned int value;
};
``time`` is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened.
Type is for example EV_REL for relative moment, EV_KEY for a keypress or
release. More types are defined in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h.
``code`` is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete
list is in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h.
``value`` is the value the event carries. Either a relative change for
EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for
release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat.
See :ref:`input-event-codes` for more information about various even codes.

290
Documentation/input/input.txt
View File

@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
Linux Input drivers v1.0
(c) 1999-2001 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
Sponsored by SuSE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0. Disclaimer
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail
- mail your message to <vojtech@ucw.cz>, or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik,
Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic
For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included
in the package: See the file COPYING.
1. Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This is a collection of drivers that is designed to support all input
devices under Linux. While it is currently used only on for USB input
devices, future use (say 2.5/2.6) is expected to expand to replace
most of the existing input system, which is why it lives in
drivers/input/ instead of drivers/usb/.
The centre of the input drivers is the input module, which must be
loaded before any other of the input modules - it serves as a way of
communication between two groups of modules:
1.1 Device drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
These modules talk to the hardware (for example via USB), and provide
events (keystrokes, mouse movements) to the input module.
1.2 Event handlers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
These modules get events from input and pass them where needed via
various interfaces - keystrokes to the kernel, mouse movements via a
simulated PS/2 interface to GPM and X and so on.
2. Simple Usage
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For the most usual configuration, with one USB mouse and one USB keyboard,
you'll have to load the following modules (or have them built in to the
kernel):
input
mousedev
keybdev
usbcore
uhci_hcd or ohci_hcd or ehci_hcd
usbhid
After this, the USB keyboard will work straight away, and the USB mouse
will be available as a character device on major 13, minor 63:
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice
This device has to be created.
The commands to create it by hand are:
cd /dev
mkdir input
mknod input/mice c 13 63
After that you have to point GPM (the textmode mouse cut&paste tool) and
XFree to this device to use it - GPM should be called like:
gpm -t ps2 -m /dev/input/mice
And in X:
Section "Pointer"
Protocol "ImPS/2"
Device "/dev/input/mice"
ZAxisMapping 4 5
EndSection
When you do all of the above, you can use your USB mouse and keyboard.
3. Detailed Description
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3.1 Device drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Device drivers are the modules that generate events. The events are
however not useful without being handled, so you also will need to use some
of the modules from section 3.2.
3.1.1 usbhid
~~~~~~~~~~~~
usbhid is the largest and most complex driver of the whole suite. It
handles all HID devices, and because there is a very wide variety of them,
and because the USB HID specification isn't simple, it needs to be this big.
Currently, it handles USB mice, joysticks, gamepads, steering wheels
keyboards, trackballs and digitizers.
However, USB uses HID also for monitor controls, speaker controls, UPSs,
LCDs and many other purposes.
The monitor and speaker controls should be easy to add to the hid/input
interface, but for the UPSs and LCDs it doesn't make much sense. For this,
the hiddev interface was designed. See Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt
for more information about it.
The usage of the usbhid module is very simple, it takes no parameters,
detects everything automatically and when a HID device is inserted, it
detects it appropriately.
However, because the devices vary wildly, you might happen to have a
device that doesn't work well. In that case #define DEBUG at the beginning
of hid-core.c and send me the syslog traces.
3.1.2 usbmouse
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For embedded systems, for mice with broken HID descriptors and just any
other use when the big usbhid wouldn't be a good choice, there is the
usbmouse driver. It handles USB mice only. It uses a simpler HIDBP
protocol. This also means the mice must support this simpler protocol. Not
all do. If you don't have any strong reason to use this module, use usbhid
instead.
3.1.3 usbkbd
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Much like usbmouse, this module talks to keyboards with a simplified
HIDBP protocol. It's smaller, but doesn't support any extra special keys.
Use usbhid instead if there isn't any special reason to use this.
3.1.4 wacom
~~~~~~~~~~~
This is a driver for Wacom Graphire and Intuos tablets. Not for Wacom
PenPartner, that one is handled by the HID driver. Although the Intuos and
Graphire tablets claim that they are HID tablets as well, they are not and
thus need this specific driver.
3.1.5 iforce
~~~~~~~~~~~~
A driver for I-Force joysticks and wheels, both over USB and RS232.
It includes ForceFeedback support now, even though Immersion
Corp. considers the protocol a trade secret and won't disclose a word
about it.
3.2 Event handlers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Event handlers distribute the events from the devices to userland and
kernel, as needed.
3.2.1 keybdev
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
keybdev is currently a rather ugly hack that translates the input
events into architecture-specific keyboard raw mode (Xlated AT Set2 on
x86), and passes them into the handle_scancode function of the
keyboard.c module. This works well enough on all architectures that
keybdev can generate rawmode on, other architectures can be added to
it.
The right way would be to pass the events to keyboard.c directly,
best if keyboard.c would itself be an event handler. This is done in
the input patch, available on the webpage mentioned below.
3.2.2 mousedev
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
mousedev is also a hack to make programs that use mouse input
work. It takes events from either mice or digitizers/tablets and makes
a PS/2-style (a la /dev/psaux) mouse device available to the
userland. Ideally, the programs could use a more reasonable interface,
for example evdev
Mousedev devices in /dev/input (as shown above) are:
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 32 Mar 28 22:45 mouse0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 33 Mar 29 00:41 mouse1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 34 Mar 29 00:41 mouse2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 35 Apr 1 10:50 mouse3
...
...
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 62 Apr 1 10:50 mouse30
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Apr 1 10:50 mice
Each 'mouse' device is assigned to a single mouse or digitizer, except
the last one - 'mice'. This single character device is shared by all
mice and digitizers, and even if none are connected, the device is
present. This is useful for hotplugging USB mice, so that programs
can open the device even when no mice are present.
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_[XY] in the kernel configuration are
the size of your screen (in pixels) in XFree86. This is needed if you
want to use your digitizer in X, because its movement is sent to X
via a virtual PS/2 mouse and thus needs to be scaled
accordingly. These values won't be used if you use a mouse only.
Mousedev will generate either PS/2, ImPS/2 (Microsoft IntelliMouse) or
ExplorerPS/2 (IntelliMouse Explorer) protocols, depending on what the
program reading the data wishes. You can set GPM and X to any of
these. You'll need ImPS/2 if you want to make use of a wheel on a USB
mouse and ExplorerPS/2 if you want to use extra (up to 5) buttons.
3.2.3 joydev
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Joydev implements v0.x and v1.x Linux joystick api, much like
drivers/char/joystick/joystick.c used to in earlier versions. See
joystick-api.txt in the Documentation subdirectory for details. As
soon as any joystick is connected, it can be accessed in /dev/input
on:
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 0 Apr 1 10:50 js0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 1 Apr 1 10:50 js1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 2 Apr 1 10:50 js2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 3 Apr 1 10:50 js3
...
And so on up to js31.
3.2.4 evdev
~~~~~~~~~~~
evdev is the generic input event interface. It passes the events
generated in the kernel straight to the program, with timestamps. The
API is still evolving, but should be usable now. It's described in
section 5.
This should be the way for GPM and X to get keyboard and mouse
events. It allows for multihead in X without any specific multihead
kernel support. The event codes are the same on all architectures and
are hardware independent.
The devices are in /dev/input:
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 64 Apr 1 10:49 event0
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 65 Apr 1 10:50 event1
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 66 Apr 1 10:50 event2
crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 67 Apr 1 10:50 event3
...
And so on up to event31.
4. Verifying if it works
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Typing a couple keys on the keyboard should be enough to check that
a USB keyboard works and is correctly connected to the kernel keyboard
driver.
Doing a "cat /dev/input/mouse0" (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse
is also emulated; characters should appear if you move it.
You can test the joystick emulation with the 'jstest' utility,
available in the joystick package (see Documentation/input/joystick.txt).
You can test the event devices with the 'evtest' utility available
in the LinuxConsole project CVS archive (see the URL below).
5. Event interface
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Should you want to add event device support into any application (X, gpm,
svgalib ...) I <vojtech@ucw.cz> will be happy to provide you any help I
can. Here goes a description of the current state of things, which is going
to be extended, but not changed incompatibly as time goes:
You can use blocking and nonblocking reads, also select() on the
/dev/input/eventX devices, and you'll always get a whole number of input
events on a read. Their layout is:
struct input_event {
struct timeval time;
unsigned short type;
unsigned short code;
unsigned int value;
};
'time' is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened.
Type is for example EV_REL for relative moment, EV_KEY for a keypress or
release. More types are defined in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h.
'code' is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete
list is in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h.
'value' is the value the event carries. Either a relative change for
EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for
release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat.

17
Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
################################
Linux Input Subsystem kernel API
################################
.. class:: toc-title
Table of Contents
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
:numbered:
input-programming
gameport-programming
notifier

22
Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
###################################
Linux Input Subsystem userspace API
###################################
.. class:: toc-title
Table of Contents
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
:numbered:
input
event-codes
multi-touch-protocol
gamepad
ff
joydev/index
uinput
userio

42
Documentation/input/interactive.fig
View File

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
#FIG 3.2
Landscape
Center
Inches
Letter
100.00
Single
-2
1200 2
2 1 0 2 0 7 50 0 -1 6.000 0 0 -1 0 0 6
1200 3600 1800 3600 2400 4800 3000 4800 4200 5700 4800 5700
2 2 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5
1200 3150 4800 3150 4800 6300 1200 6300 1200 3150
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
1200 4800 4800 4800
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 4
2400 4800 2400 6525 1950 7125 1950 7800
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 4
3000 4800 3000 6525 3600 7125 3600 7800
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 1 3
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
3825 5400 4125 5100 5400 5100
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 1 3
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
2100 4200 2400 3900 5400 3900
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
4800 5700 5400 5700
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
1800 3600 5400 3600
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 1 3
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
2700 4800 2700 4425 5400 4425
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
1950 7800 3600 7800
4 1 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 135 810 2775 7725 Dead band\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 1155 5400 5700 right saturation\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 135 1065 5400 3600 left saturation\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 2505 5400 3900 left coeff ( positive in that case )\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 2640 5475 5100 right coeff ( negative in that case )\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 105 480 5400 4425 center\001

24
Documentation/input/interactive.svg Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
<svg width="5.75in" height="3.90in" version="1.1" viewBox="1178 3138 6779.9424 4671.3427" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="1200 3600 1800 3600 2400 4800 3e3 4800 4200 5700 4800 5700" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="15"/>
<rect x="1181.5" y="3133.7" width="3600" height="3150" rx="0" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="1200 4800 4800 4800" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2400 4800 2400 6525 1950 7125 1950 7800" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="3e3 4800 3e3 6525 3600 7125 3600 7800" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="3837 5389 4125 5100 5400 5100" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="3889 5292 3826 5398 3932 5334" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2112 4189 2400 3900 5400 3900" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2164 4092 2101 4198 2207 4134" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="4800 5700 5400 5700" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="1800 3600 5400 3600" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2700 4784 2700 4425 5400 4425" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2670 4678 2700 4798 2730 4678" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="1967 7800 3583 7800" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="3478 7830 3598 7800 3478 7770" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-18.5,-16.294)" points="2072 7770 1952 7800 2072 7830" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<text x="2775" y="7725" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" text-anchor="middle" xml:space="preserve">Dead band</text>
<text x="5400" y="5700" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">right saturation</text>
<text x="5400" y="3600" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">left saturation</text>
<text x="5400" y="3900" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">left coeff ( positive in that case )</text>
<text x="5475" y="5100" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">right coeff ( negative in that case )</text>
<text x="5400" y="4425" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke="#000000" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">center</text>
</svg>
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.3 KiB

18
Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
======================
Linux Joystick support
======================
:Copyright: |copy| 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz> - Sponsored by SuSE
.. class:: toc-title
Table of Contents
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 3
:numbered:
joystick
joystick-api

160
Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt → Documentation/input/joydev/joystick-api.rst
View File

@@ -1,31 +1,54 @@
Joystick API Documentation -*-Text-*-
.. _joystick-api:
Ragnar Hojland Espinosa
<ragnar@macula.net>
=====================
Programming Interface
=====================
7 Aug 1998
:Author: Ragnar Hojland Espinosa <ragnar@macula.net> - 7 Aug 1998
1. Initialization
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Introduction
============
.. important::
This document describes legacy ``js`` interface. Newer clients are
encouraged to switch to the generic event (``evdev``) interface.
The 1.0 driver uses a new, event based approach to the joystick driver.
Instead of the user program polling for the joystick values, the joystick
driver now reports only any changes of its state. See joystick-api.txt,
joystick.h and jstest.c included in the joystick package for more
information. The joystick device can be used in either blocking or
nonblocking mode, and supports select() calls.
For backward compatibility the old (v0.x) interface is still included.
Any call to the joystick driver using the old interface will return values
that are compatible to the old interface. This interface is still limited
to 2 axes, and applications using it usually decode only 2 buttons, although
the driver provides up to 32.
Initialization
==============
Open the joystick device following the usual semantics (that is, with open).
Since the driver now reports events instead of polling for changes,
immediately after the open it will issue a series of synthetic events
(JS_EVENT_INIT) that you can read to check the initial state of the
(JS_EVENT_INIT) that you can read to obtain the initial state of the
joystick.
By default, the device is opened in blocking mode.
By default, the device is opened in blocking mode::
int fd = open ("/dev/input/js0", O_RDONLY);
2. Event Reading
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Event Reading
=============
::
struct js_event e;
read (fd, &e, sizeof(e));
where js_event is defined as
where js_event is defined as::
struct js_event {
__u32 time; /* event timestamp in milliseconds */
@@ -38,10 +61,10 @@ If the read is successful, it will return sizeof(e), unless you wanted to read
more than one event per read as described in section 3.1.
2.1 js_event.type
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
js_event.type
-------------
The possible values of ``type'' are
The possible values of ``type`` are::
#define JS_EVENT_BUTTON 0x01 /* button pressed/released */
#define JS_EVENT_AXIS 0x02 /* joystick moved */
@@ -49,47 +72,50 @@ The possible values of ``type'' are
As mentioned above, the driver will issue synthetic JS_EVENT_INIT ORed
events on open. That is, if it's issuing a INIT BUTTON event, the
current type value will be
current type value will be::
int type = JS_EVENT_BUTTON | JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x81 */
If you choose not to differentiate between synthetic or real events
you can turn off the JS_EVENT_INIT bits
you can turn off the JS_EVENT_INIT bits::
type &= ~JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x01 */
2.2 js_event.number
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
js_event.number
---------------
The values of ``number'' correspond to the axis or button that
The values of ``number`` correspond to the axis or button that
generated the event. Note that they carry separate numeration (that
is, you have both an axis 0 and a button 0). Generally,
number
=============== =======
Axis number
=============== =======
1st Axis X 0
1st Axis Y 1
2nd Axis X 2
2nd Axis Y 3
...and so on
=============== =======
Hats vary from one joystick type to another. Some can be moved in 8
directions, some only in 4, The driver, however, always reports a hat as two
independent axis, even if the hardware doesn't allow independent movement.
2.3 js_event.value
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
js_event.value
--------------
For an axis, ``value'' is a signed integer between -32767 and +32767
For an axis, ``value`` is a signed integer between -32767 and +32767
representing the position of the joystick along that axis. If you
don't read a 0 when the joystick is `dead', or if it doesn't span the
don't read a 0 when the joystick is ``dead``, or if it doesn't span the
full range, you should recalibrate it (with, for example, jscal).
For a button, ``value'' for a press button event is 1 and for a release
For a button, ``value`` for a press button event is 1 and for a release
button event is 0.
Though this
Though this::
if (js_event.type == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) {
buttons_state ^= (1 << js_event.number);
@@ -97,6 +123,8 @@ Though this
may work well if you handle JS_EVENT_INIT events separately,
::
if ((js_event.type & ~JS_EVENT_INIT) == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) {
if (js_event.value)
buttons_state |= (1 << js_event.number);
@@ -109,17 +137,17 @@ have to write a separate handler for JS_EVENT_INIT events in the first
snippet, this ends up being shorter.
2.4 js_event.time
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
js_event.time
-------------
The time an event was generated is stored in ``js_event.time''. It's a time
The time an event was generated is stored in ``js_event.time``. It's a time
in milliseconds since ... well, since sometime in the past. This eases the
task of detecting double clicks, figuring out if movement of axis and button
presses happened at the same time, and similar.
3. Reading
~~~~~~~~~~
Reading
=======
If you open the device in blocking mode, a read will block (that is,
wait) forever until an event is generated and effectively read. There
@@ -133,8 +161,8 @@ admittedly, a long time;)
b) open the device in non-blocking mode (O_NONBLOCK)
3.1 O_NONBLOCK
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
O_NONBLOCK
----------
If read returns -1 when reading in O_NONBLOCK mode, this isn't
necessarily a "real" error (check errno(3)); it can just mean there
@@ -143,6 +171,8 @@ all events on the queue (that is, until you get a -1).
For example,
::
while (1) {
while (read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)) > 0) {
process_event (e);
@@ -171,14 +201,17 @@ the driver will switch to startup mode and next time you read it,
synthetic events (JS_EVENT_INIT) will be generated to inform you of
the actual state of the joystick.
[As for version 1.2.8, the queue is circular and able to hold 64
.. note::
As of version 1.2.8, the queue is circular and able to hold 64
events. You can increment this size bumping up JS_BUFF_SIZE in
joystick.h and recompiling the driver.]
joystick.h and recompiling the driver.
In the above code, you might as well want to read more than one event
at a time using the typical read(2) functionality. For that, you would
replace the read above with something like
replace the read above with something like::
struct js_event mybuffer[0xff];
int i = read (fd, mybuffer, sizeof(mybuffer));
@@ -189,10 +222,10 @@ sizeof(js_event) Again, if the buffer was full, it's a good idea to
process the events and keep reading it until you empty the driver queue.
4. IOCTLs
~~~~~~~~~
IOCTLs
======
The joystick driver defines the following ioctl(2) operations.
The joystick driver defines the following ioctl(2) operations::
/* function 3rd arg */
#define JSIOCGAXES /* get number of axes char */
@@ -202,31 +235,31 @@ The joystick driver defines the following ioctl(2) operations.
#define JSIOCSCORR /* set correction values &js_corr */
#define JSIOCGCORR /* get correction values &js_corr */
For example, to read the number of axes
For example, to read the number of axes::
char number_of_axes;
ioctl (fd, JSIOCGAXES, &number_of_axes);
4.1 JSIOGCVERSION
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
JSIOGCVERSION
-------------
JSIOGCVERSION is a good way to check in run-time whether the running
driver is 1.0+ and supports the event interface. If it is not, the
IOCTL will fail. For a compile-time decision, you can test the
JS_VERSION symbol
JS_VERSION symbol::
#ifdef JS_VERSION
#if JS_VERSION > 0xsomething
4.2 JSIOCGNAME
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
JSIOCGNAME
----------
JSIOCGNAME(len) allows you to get the name string of the joystick - the same
as is being printed at boot time. The 'len' argument is the length of the
buffer provided by the application asking for the name. It is used to avoid
possible overrun should the name be too long.
possible overrun should the name be too long::
char name[128];
if (ioctl(fd, JSIOCGNAME(sizeof(name)), name) < 0)
@@ -234,8 +267,8 @@ possible overrun should the name be too long.
printf("Name: %s\n", name);
4.3 JSIOC[SG]CORR
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
JSIOC[SG]CORR
-------------
For usage on JSIOC[SG]CORR I suggest you to look into jscal.c They are
not needed in a normal program, only in joystick calibration software
@@ -246,7 +279,7 @@ warning in following releases of the driver.
Both JSIOCSCORR and JSIOCGCORR expect &js_corr to be able to hold
information for all axis. That is, struct js_corr corr[MAX_AXIS];
struct js_corr is defined as
struct js_corr is defined as::
struct js_corr {
__s32 coef[8];
@@ -254,17 +287,17 @@ struct js_corr is defined as
__u16 type;
};
and ``type''
and ``type``::
#define JS_CORR_NONE 0x00 /* returns raw values */
#define JS_CORR_BROKEN 0x01 /* broken line */
5. Backward compatibility
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Backward compatibility
======================
The 0.x joystick driver API is quite limited and its usage is deprecated.
The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary:
The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary::
struct JS_DATA_TYPE js;
while (1) {
@@ -275,7 +308,7 @@ The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary:
}
As you can figure out from the example, the read returns immediately,
with the actual state of the joystick.
with the actual state of the joystick::
struct JS_DATA_TYPE {
int buttons; /* immediate button state */
@@ -283,12 +316,14 @@ with the actual state of the joystick.
int y; /* immediate y axis value */
};
and JS_RETURN is defined as
and JS_RETURN is defined as::
#define JS_RETURN sizeof(struct JS_DATA_TYPE)
To test the state of the buttons,
::
first_button_state = js.buttons & 1;
second_button_state = js.buttons & 2;
@@ -302,13 +337,12 @@ called Multisystem joysticks in this driver), under /dev/djsX. This driver
doesn't try to be compatible with that interface.
6. Final Notes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Final Notes
===========
____/| Comments, additions, and specially corrections are welcome.
\ o.O| Documentation valid for at least version 1.2.8 of the joystick
=(_)= driver and as usual, the ultimate source for documentation is
U to "Use The Source Luke" or, at your convenience, Vojtech ;)
::
- Ragnar
EOF
____/| Comments, additions, and specially corrections are welcome.
\ o.O| Documentation valid for at least version 1.2.8 of the joystick
=(_)= driver and as usual, the ultimate source for documentation is
U to "Use The Source Luke" or, at your convenience, Vojtech ;)

585
Documentation/input/joydev/joystick.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
.. _joystick-doc:
Introduction
============
The joystick driver for Linux provides support for a variety of joysticks
and similar devices. It is based on a larger project aiming to support all
input devices in Linux.
The mailing list for the project is:
linux-input@vger.kernel.org
send "subscribe linux-input" to majordomo@vger.kernel.org to subscribe to it.
Usage
=====
For basic usage you just choose the right options in kernel config and
you should be set.
Utilities
---------
For testing and other purposes (for example serial devices), there is a set
of utilities, such as ``jstest``, ``jscal``, and ``evtest``,
usually packaged as ``joystick``, ``input-utils``, ``evtest``, and so on.
``inputattach`` utility is required if your joystick is connected to a
serial port.
Device nodes
------------
For applications to be able to use the joysticks, device nodes should be
created in /dev. Normally it is done automatically by the system, but
it can also be done by hand::
cd /dev
rm js*
mkdir input
mknod input/js0 c 13 0
mknod input/js1 c 13 1
mknod input/js2 c 13 2
mknod input/js3 c 13 3
ln -s input/js0 js0
ln -s input/js1 js1
ln -s input/js2 js2
ln -s input/js3 js3
For testing with inpututils it's also convenient to create these::
mknod input/event0 c 13 64
mknod input/event1 c 13 65
mknod input/event2 c 13 66
mknod input/event3 c 13 67
Modules needed
--------------
For all joystick drivers to function, you'll need the userland interface
module in kernel, either loaded or compiled in::
modprobe joydev
For gameport joysticks, you'll have to load the gameport driver as well::
modprobe ns558
And for serial port joysticks, you'll need the serial input line
discipline module loaded and the inputattach utility started::
modprobe serport
inputattach -xxx /dev/tts/X &
In addition to that, you'll need the joystick driver module itself, most
usually you'll have an analog joystick::
modprobe analog
For automatic module loading, something like this might work - tailor to
your needs::
alias tty-ldisc-2 serport
alias char-major-13 input
above input joydev ns558 analog
options analog map=gamepad,none,2btn
Verifying that it works
-----------------------
For testing the joystick driver functionality, there is the jstest
program in the utilities package. You run it by typing::
jstest /dev/input/js0
And it should show a line with the joystick values, which update as you
move the stick, and press its buttons. The axes should all be zero when the
joystick is in the center position. They should not jitter by themselves to
other close values, and they also should be steady in any other position of
the stick. They should have the full range from -32767 to 32767. If all this
is met, then it's all fine, and you can play the games. :)
If it's not, then there might be a problem. Try to calibrate the joystick,
and if it still doesn't work, read the drivers section of this file, the
troubleshooting section, and the FAQ.
Calibration
-----------
For most joysticks you won't need any manual calibration, since the
joystick should be autocalibrated by the driver automagically. However, with
some analog joysticks, that either do not use linear resistors, or if you
want better precision, you can use the jscal program::
jscal -c /dev/input/js0
included in the joystick package to set better correction coefficients than
what the driver would choose itself.
After calibrating the joystick you can verify if you like the new
calibration using the jstest command, and if you do, you then can save the
correction coefficients into a file::
jscal -p /dev/input/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal
And add a line to your rc script executing that file::
source /etc/joystick.cal
This way, after the next reboot your joystick will remain calibrated. You
can also add the ``jscal -p`` line to your shutdown script.
HW specific driver information
==============================
In this section each of the separate hardware specific drivers is described.
Analog joysticks
----------------
The analog.c uses the standard analog inputs of the gameport, and thus
supports all standard joysticks and gamepads. It uses a very advanced
routine for this, allowing for data precision that can't be found on any
other system.
It also supports extensions like additional hats and buttons compatible
with CH Flightstick Pro, ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. Saitek
Cyborg 'digital' joysticks are also supported by this driver, because
they're basically souped up CHF sticks.
However the only types that can be autodetected are:
* 2-axis, 4-button joystick
* 3-axis, 4-button joystick
* 4-axis, 4-button joystick
* Saitek Cyborg 'digital' joysticks
For other joystick types (more/less axes, hats, and buttons) support
you'll need to specify the types either on the kernel command line or on the
module command line, when inserting analog into the kernel. The
parameters are::
analog.map=<type1>,<type2>,<type3>,....
'type' is type of the joystick from the table below, defining joysticks
present on gameports in the system, starting with gameport0, second 'type'
entry defining joystick on gameport1 and so on.
========= =====================================================
Type Meaning
========= =====================================================
none No analog joystick on that port
auto Autodetect joystick
2btn 2-button n-axis joystick
y-joy Two 2-button 2-axis joysticks on an Y-cable
y-pad Two 2-button 2-axis gamepads on an Y-cable
fcs Thrustmaster FCS compatible joystick
chf Joystick with a CH Flightstick compatible hat
fullchf CH Flightstick compatible with two hats and 6 buttons
gamepad 4/6-button n-axis gamepad
gamepad8 8-button 2-axis gamepad
========= =====================================================
In case your joystick doesn't fit in any of the above categories, you can
specify the type as a number by combining the bits in the table below. This
is not recommended unless you really know what are you doing. It's not
dangerous, but not simple either.
==== =========================
Bit Meaning
==== =========================
0 Axis X1
1 Axis Y1
2 Axis X2
3 Axis Y2
4 Button A
5 Button B
6 Button C
7 Button D
8 CHF Buttons X and Y
9 CHF Hat 1
10 CHF Hat 2
11 FCS Hat
12 Pad Button X
13 Pad Button Y
14 Pad Button U
15 Pad Button V
16 Saitek F1-F4 Buttons
17 Saitek Digital Mode
19 GamePad
20 Joy2 Axis X1
21 Joy2 Axis Y1
22 Joy2 Axis X2
23 Joy2 Axis Y2
24 Joy2 Button A
25 Joy2 Button B
26 Joy2 Button C
27 Joy2 Button D
31 Joy2 GamePad
==== =========================
Microsoft SideWinder joysticks
------------------------------
Microsoft 'Digital Overdrive' protocol is supported by the sidewinder.c
module. All currently supported joysticks:
* Microsoft SideWinder 3D Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Wheel
* Microsoft SideWinder FreeStyle Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder GamePad (up to four, chained)
* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro USB
are autodetected, and thus no module parameters are needed.
There is one caveat with the 3D Pro. There are 9 buttons reported,
although the joystick has only 8. The 9th button is the mode switch on the
rear side of the joystick. However, moving it, you'll reset the joystick,
and make it unresponsive for about a one third of a second. Furthermore, the
joystick will also re-center itself, taking the position it was in during
this time as a new center position. Use it if you want, but think first.
The SideWinder Standard is not a digital joystick, and thus is supported
by the analog driver described above.
Logitech ADI devices
--------------------
Logitech ADI protocol is supported by the adi.c module. It should support
any Logitech device using this protocol. This includes, but is not limited
to:
* Logitech CyberMan 2
* Logitech ThunderPad Digital
* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital
* Logitech WingMan Formula
* Logitech WingMan Interceptor
* Logitech WingMan GamePad
* Logitech WingMan GamePad USB
* Logitech WingMan GamePad Extreme
* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital 3D
ADI devices are autodetected, and the driver supports up to two (any
combination of) devices on a single gameport, using an Y-cable or chained
together.
Logitech WingMan Joystick, Logitech WingMan Attack, Logitech WingMan
Extreme and Logitech WingMan ThunderPad are not digital joysticks and are
handled by the analog driver described above. Logitech WingMan Warrior and
Logitech Magellan are supported by serial drivers described below. Logitech
WingMan Force and Logitech WingMan Formula Force are supported by the
I-Force driver described below. Logitech CyberMan is not supported yet.
Gravis GrIP
-----------
Gravis GrIP protocol is supported by the grip.c module. It currently
supports:
* Gravis GamePad Pro
* Gravis BlackHawk Digital
* Gravis Xterminator
* Gravis Xterminator DualControl
All these devices are autodetected, and you can even use any combination
of up to two of these pads either chained together or using an Y-cable on a
single gameport.
GrIP MultiPort isn't supported yet. Gravis Stinger is a serial device and is
supported by the stinger driver. Other Gravis joysticks are supported by the
analog driver.
FPGaming A3D and MadCatz A3D
----------------------------
The Assassin 3D protocol created by FPGaming, is used both by FPGaming
themselves and is licensed to MadCatz. A3D devices are supported by the
a3d.c module. It currently supports:
* FPGaming Assassin 3D
* MadCatz Panther
* MadCatz Panther XL
All these devices are autodetected. Because the Assassin 3D and the Panther
allow connecting analog joysticks to them, you'll need to load the analog
driver as well to handle the attached joysticks.
The trackball should work with USB mousedev module as a normal mouse. See
the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse.
ThrustMaster DirectConnect (BSP)
--------------------------------
The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c
module. This includes, but is not limited to:
* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor
* ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad
* ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad
Devices not directly supported, but hopefully working are:
* ThrustMaster FragMaster
* ThrustMaster Attack Throttle
If you have one of these, contact me.
TMDC devices are autodetected, and thus no parameters to the module
are needed. Up to two TMDC devices can be connected to one gameport, using
an Y-cable.
Creative Labs Blaster
---------------------
The Blaster protocol is supported by the cobra.c module. It supports only
the:
* Creative Blaster GamePad Cobra
Up to two of these can be used on a single gameport, using an Y-cable.
Genius Digital joysticks
------------------------
The Genius digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the gf2k.c
module. This includes:
* Genius Flight2000 F-23 joystick
* Genius Flight2000 F-31 joystick
* Genius G-09D gamepad
Other Genius digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be
added fairly easily.
InterAct Digital joysticks
--------------------------
The InterAct digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the
interact.c module. This includes:
* InterAct HammerHead/FX gamepad
* InterAct ProPad8 gamepad
Other InterAct digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be
added fairly easily.
PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards
--------------------------
PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards are supported by the lightning.c module.
Once the module is loaded, the analog driver can be used to handle the
joysticks. Digitally communicating joystick will work only on port 0, while
using Y-cables, you can connect up to 8 analog joysticks to a single L4
card, 16 in case you have two in your system.
Trident 4DWave / Aureal Vortex
------------------------------
Soundcards with a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex/Vortex2 chipsets
provide an "Enhanced Game Port" mode where the soundcard handles polling the
joystick. This mode is supported by the pcigame.c module. Once loaded the
analog driver can use the enhanced features of these gameports..
Crystal SoundFusion
-------------------
Soundcards with Crystal SoundFusion chipsets provide an "Enhanced Game
Port", much like the 4DWave or Vortex above. This, and also the normal mode
for the port of the SoundFusion is supported by the cs461x.c module.
SoundBlaster Live!
------------------
The Live! has a special PCI gameport, which, although it doesn't provide
any "Enhanced" stuff like 4DWave and friends, is quite a bit faster than
its ISA counterparts. It also requires special support, hence the
emu10k1-gp.c module for it instead of the normal ns558.c one.
SoundBlaster 64 and 128 - ES1370 and ES1371, ESS Solo1 and S3 SonicVibes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
These PCI soundcards have specific gameports. They are handled by the
sound drivers themselves. Make sure you select gameport support in the
joystick menu and sound card support in the sound menu for your appropriate
card.
Amiga
-----
Amiga joysticks, connected to an Amiga, are supported by the amijoy.c
driver. Since they can't be autodetected, the driver has a command line:
amijoy.map=<a>,<b>
a and b define the joysticks connected to the JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT ports of
the Amiga.
====== ===========================
Value Joystick type
====== ===========================
0 None
1 1-button digital joystick
====== ===========================
No more joystick types are supported now, but that should change in the
future if I get an Amiga in the reach of my fingers.
Game console and 8-bit pads and joysticks
-----------------------------------------
These pads and joysticks are not designed for PCs and other computers
Linux runs on, and usually require a special connector for attaching
them through a parallel port.
See :ref:`joystick-parport` for more info.
SpaceTec/LabTec devices
-----------------------
SpaceTec serial devices communicate using the SpaceWare protocol. It is
supported by the spaceorb.c and spaceball.c drivers. The devices currently
supported by spaceorb.c are:
* SpaceTec SpaceBall Avenger
* SpaceTec SpaceOrb 360
Devices currently supported by spaceball.c are:
* SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX
In addition to having the spaceorb/spaceball and serport modules in the
kernel, you also need to attach a serial port to it. to do that, run the
inputattach program::
inputattach --spaceorb /dev/tts/x &
or::
inputattach --spaceball /dev/tts/x &
where /dev/tts/x is the serial port which the device is connected to. After
doing this, the device will be reported and will start working.
There is one caveat with the SpaceOrb. The button #6, the on the bottom
side of the orb, although reported as an ordinary button, causes internal
recentering of the spaceorb, moving the zero point to the position in which
the ball is at the moment of pressing the button. So, think first before
you bind it to some other function.
SpaceTec SpaceBall 2003 FLX and 3003 FLX are not supported yet.
Logitech SWIFT devices
----------------------
The SWIFT serial protocol is supported by the warrior.c module. It
currently supports only the:
* Logitech WingMan Warrior
but in the future, Logitech CyberMan (the original one, not CM2) could be
supported as well. To use the module, you need to run inputattach after you
insert/compile the module into your kernel::
inputattach --warrior /dev/tts/x &
/dev/tts/x is the serial port your Warrior is attached to.
Magellan / Space Mouse
----------------------
The Magellan (or Space Mouse), manufactured by LogiCad3d (formerly Space
Systems), for many other companies (Logitech, HP, ...) is supported by the
joy-magellan module. It currently supports only the:
* Magellan 3D
* Space Mouse
models, the additional buttons on the 'Plus' versions are not supported yet.
To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the::
inputattach --magellan /dev/tts/x &
command. After that the Magellan will be detected, initialized, will beep,
and the /dev/input/jsX device should become usable.
I-Force devices
---------------
All I-Force devices are supported by the iforce module. This includes:
* AVB Mag Turbo Force
* AVB Top Shot Pegasus
* AVB Top Shot Force Feedback Racing Wheel
* Logitech WingMan Force
* Logitech WingMan Force Wheel
* Guillemot Race Leader Force Feedback
* Guillemot Force Feedback Racing Wheel
* Thrustmaster Motor Sport GT
To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the::
inputattach --iforce /dev/tts/x &
command. After that the I-Force device will be detected, and the
/dev/input/jsX device should become usable.
In case you're using the device via the USB port, the inputattach command
isn't needed.
The I-Force driver now supports force feedback via the event interface.
Please note that Logitech WingMan 3D devices are _not_ supported by this
module, rather by hid. Force feedback is not supported for those devices.
Logitech gamepads are also hid devices.
Gravis Stinger gamepad
----------------------
The Gravis Stinger serial port gamepad, designed for use with laptop
computers, is supported by the stinger.c module. To use it, attach the
serial port to the driver using::
inputattach --stinger /dev/tty/x &
where x is the number of the serial port.
Troubleshooting
===============
There is quite a high probability that you run into some problems. For
testing whether the driver works, if in doubt, use the jstest utility in
some of its modes. The most useful modes are "normal" - for the 1.x
interface, and "old" for the "0.x" interface. You run it by typing::
jstest --normal /dev/input/js0
jstest --old /dev/input/js0
Additionally you can do a test with the evtest utility::
evtest /dev/input/event0
Oh, and read the FAQ! :)
FAQ
===
:Q: Running 'jstest /dev/input/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the
cause?
:A: The device files don't exist. Create them (see section 2.2).
:Q: Is it possible to connect my old Atari/Commodore/Amiga/console joystick
or pad that uses a 9-pin D-type cannon connector to the serial port of my
PC?
:A: Yes, it is possible, but it'll burn your serial port or the pad. It
won't work, of course.
:Q: My joystick doesn't work with Quake / Quake 2. What's the cause?
:A: Quake / Quake 2 don't support joystick. Use joy2key to simulate keypresses
for them.

542
Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
View File

@@ -1,542 +0,0 @@
Linux Joystick parport drivers v2.0
(c) 1998-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
(c) 1998 Andree Borrmann <a.borrmann@tu-bs.de>
Sponsored by SuSE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0. Disclaimer
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Any information in this file is provided as-is, without any guarantee that
it will be true. So, use it at your own risk. The possible damages that can
happen include burning your parallel port, and/or the sticks and joystick
and maybe even more. Like when a lightning kills you it is not our problem.
1. Intro
~~~~~~~~
The joystick parport drivers are used for joysticks and gamepads not
originally designed for PCs and other computers Linux runs on. Because of
that, PCs usually lack the right ports to connect these devices to. Parallel
port, because of its ability to change single bits at will, and providing
both output and input bits is the most suitable port on the PC for
connecting such devices.
2. Devices supported
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Many console and 8-bit computer gamepads and joysticks are supported. The
following subsections discuss usage of each.
2.1 NES and SNES
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Nintendo Entertainment System and Super Nintendo Entertainment System
gamepads are widely available, and easy to get. Also, they are quite easy to
connect to a PC, and don't need much processing speed (108 us for NES and
165 us for SNES, compared to about 1000 us for PC gamepads) to communicate
with them.
All NES and SNES use the same synchronous serial protocol, clocked from
the computer's side (and thus timing insensitive). To allow up to 5 NES
and/or SNES gamepads and/or SNES mice connected to the parallel port at once,
the output lines of the parallel port are shared, while one of 5 available
input lines is assigned to each gamepad.
This protocol is handled by the gamecon.c driver, so that's the one
you'll use for NES, SNES gamepads and SNES mice.
The main problem with PC parallel ports is that they don't have +5V power
source on any of their pins. So, if you want a reliable source of power
for your pads, use either keyboard or joystick port, and make a pass-through
cable. You can also pull the power directly from the power supply (the red
wire is +5V).
If you want to use the parallel port only, you can take the power is from
some data pin. For most gamepad and parport implementations only one pin is
needed, and I'd recommend pin 9 for that, the highest data bit. On the other
hand, if you are not planning to use anything else than NES / SNES on the
port, anything between and including pin 4 and pin 9 will work.
(pin 9) -----> Power
Unfortunately, there are pads that need a lot more of power, and parallel
ports that can't give much current through the data pins. If this is your
case, you'll need to use diodes (as a prevention of destroying your parallel
port), and combine the currents of two or more data bits together.
Diodes
(pin 9) ----|>|-------+------> Power
|
(pin 8) ----|>|-------+
|
(pin 7) ----|>|-------+
|
<and so on> :
|
(pin 4) ----|>|-------+
Ground is quite easy. On PC's parallel port the ground is on any of the
pins from pin 18 to pin 25. So use any pin of these you like for the ground.
(pin 18) -----> Ground
NES and SNES pads have two input bits, Clock and Latch, which drive the
serial transfer. These are connected to pins 2 and 3 of the parallel port,
respectively.
(pin 2) -----> Clock
(pin 3) -----> Latch
And the last thing is the NES / SNES data wire. Only that isn't shared and
each pad needs its own data pin. The parallel port pins are:
(pin 10) -----> Pad 1 data
(pin 11) -----> Pad 2 data
(pin 12) -----> Pad 3 data
(pin 13) -----> Pad 4 data
(pin 15) -----> Pad 5 data
Note that pin 14 is not used, since it is not an input pin on the parallel
port.
This is everything you need on the PC's side of the connection, now on to
the gamepads side. The NES and SNES have different connectors. Also, there
are quite a lot of NES clones, and because Nintendo used proprietary
connectors for their machines, the cloners couldn't and used standard D-Cannon
connectors. Anyway, if you've got a gamepad, and it has buttons A, B, Turbo
A, Turbo B, Select and Start, and is connected through 5 wires, then it is
either a NES or NES clone and will work with this connection. SNES gamepads
also use 5 wires, but have more buttons. They will work as well, of course.
Pinout for NES gamepads Pinout for SNES gamepads and mice
+----> Power +-----------------------\
| 7 | o o o o | x x o | 1
5 +---------+ 7 +-----------------------/
| x x o \ | | | | |
| o o o o | | | | | +-> Ground
4 +------------+ 1 | | | +------------> Data
| | | | | | +---------------> Latch
| | | +-> Ground | +------------------> Clock
| | +----> Clock +---------------------> Power
| +-------> Latch
+----------> Data
Pinout for NES clone (db9) gamepads Pinout for NES clone (db15) gamepads
+---------> Clock +-----------------> Data
| +-------> Latch | +---> Ground
| | +-----> Data | |
| | | ___________________
_____________ 8 \ o x x x x x x o / 1
5 \ x o o o x / 1 \ o x x o x x o /
\ x o x o / 15 `~~~~~~~~~~~~~' 9
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 | | |
| | | | +----> Clock
| +----> Power | +----------> Latch
+--------> Ground +----------------> Power
2.2 Multisystem joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In the era of 8-bit machines, there was something like de-facto standard
for joystick ports. They were all digital, and all used D-Cannon 9 pin
connectors (db9). Because of that, a single joystick could be used without
hassle on Atari (130, 800XE, 800XL, 2600, 7200), Amiga, Commodore C64,
Amstrad CPC, Sinclair ZX Spectrum and many other machines. That's why these
joysticks are called "Multisystem".
Now their pinout:
+---------> Right
| +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up
| | | |
_____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1
\ x o x o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| |
| +----> Button
+--------> Ground
However, as time passed, extensions to this standard developed, and these
were not compatible with each other:
Atari 130, 800/XL/XE MSX
+-----------> Power
+---------> Right | +---------> Right
| +-------> Left | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ x o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | |
| | +----> Button | | | +----> Button 1
| +------> Power | | +------> Button 2
+--------> Ground | +--------> Output 3
+----------> Ground
Amstrad CPC Commodore C64
+-----------> Analog Y
+---------> Right | +---------> Right
| +-------> Left | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down
| | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ x o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | |
| | +----> Button 1 | | | +----> Button
| +------> Button 2 | | +------> Power
+--------> Ground | +--------> Ground
+----------> Analog X
Sinclair Spectrum +2A/+3 Amiga 1200
+-----------> Up +-----------> Button 3
| +---------> Fire | +---------> Right
| | | | +-------> Left
| | +-----> Ground | | | +-----> Down
| | | | | | | +---> Up
| | | | | | | |
_____________ _____________
5 \ o o x o x / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o / \ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | | | | | |
| | | +----> Right | | | +----> Button 1
| | +------> Left | | +------> Power
| +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground
+----------> Down +----------> Button 2
And there were many others.
2.2.1 Multisystem joysticks using db9.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For the Multisystem joysticks, and their derivatives, the db9.c driver
was written. It allows only one joystick / gamepad per parallel port, but
the interface is easy to build and works with almost anything.
For the basic 1-button Multisystem joystick you connect its wires to the
parallel port like this:
(pin 1) -----> Power
(pin 18) -----> Ground
(pin 2) -----> Up
(pin 3) -----> Down
(pin 4) -----> Left
(pin 5) -----> Right
(pin 6) -----> Button 1
However, if the joystick is switch based (eg. clicks when you move it),
you might or might not, depending on your parallel port, need 10 kOhm pullup
resistors on each of the direction and button signals, like this:
(pin 2) ------------+------> Up
Resistor |
(pin 1) --[10kOhm]--+
Try without, and if it doesn't work, add them. For TTL based joysticks /
gamepads the pullups are not needed.
For joysticks with two buttons you connect the second button to pin 7 on
the parallel port.
(pin 7) -----> Button 2
And that's it.
On a side note, if you have already built a different adapter for use with
the digital joystick driver 0.8.0.2, this is also supported by the db9.c
driver, as device type 8. (See section 3.2)
2.2.2 Multisystem joysticks using gamecon.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For some people just one joystick per parallel port is not enough, and/or
want to use them on one parallel port together with NES/SNES/PSX pads. This is
possible using the gamecon.c. It supports up to 5 devices of the above types,
including 1 and 2 buttons Multisystem joysticks.
However, there is nothing for free. To allow more sticks to be used at
once, you need the sticks to be purely switch based (that is non-TTL), and
not to need power. Just a plain simple six switches inside. If your
joystick can do more (eg. turbofire) you'll need to disable it totally first
if you want to use gamecon.c.
Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes,
and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button
the same as for db9, however with the diodes between.
Diodes
(pin 2) -----|<|----> Up
(pin 3) -----|<|----> Down
(pin 4) -----|<|----> Left
(pin 5) -----|<|----> Right
(pin 6) -----|<|----> Button 1
For two button sticks you also connect the other button.
(pin 7) -----|<|----> Button 2
And finally, you connect the Ground wire of the joystick, like done in
this little schematic to Power and Data on the parallel port, as described
for the NES / SNES pads in section 2.1 of this file - that is, one data pin
for each joystick. The power source is shared.
Data ------------+-----> Ground
Resistor |
Power --[10kOhm]--+
And that's all, here we go!
2.2.3 Multisystem joysticks using turbografx.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The TurboGraFX interface, designed by
Steffen Schwenke <schwenke@burg-halle.de>
allows up to 7 Multisystem joysticks connected to the parallel port. In
Steffen's version, there is support for up to 5 buttons per joystick. However,
since this doesn't work reliably on all parallel ports, the turbografx.c driver
supports only one button per joystick. For more information on how to build the
interface, see
http://www2.burg-halle.de/~schwenke/parport.html
2.3 Sony Playstation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The PSX controller is supported by the gamecon.c. Pinout of the PSX
controller (compatible with DirectPadPro):
+---------+---------+---------+
9 | o o o | o o o | o o o | 1 parallel
\________|_________|________/ port pins
| | | | | |
| | | | | +--------> Clock --- (4)
| | | | +------------> Select --- (3)
| | | +---------------> Power --- (5-9)
| | +------------------> Ground --- (18-25)
| +-------------------------> Command --- (2)
+----------------------------> Data --- (one of 10,11,12,13,15)
The driver supports these controllers:
* Standard PSX Pad
* NegCon PSX Pad
* Analog PSX Pad (red mode)
* Analog PSX Pad (green mode)
* PSX Rumble Pad
* PSX DDR Pad
2.4 Sega
~~~~~~~~
All the Sega controllers are more or less based on the standard 2-button
Multisystem joystick. However, since they don't use switches and use TTL
logic, the only driver usable with them is the db9.c driver.
2.4.1 Sega Master System
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The SMS gamepads are almost exactly the same as normal 2-button
Multisystem joysticks. Set the driver to Multi2 mode, use the corresponding
parallel port pins, and the following schematic:
+-----------> Power
| +---------> Right
| | +-------> Left
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Up
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o x o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | |
| | +----> Button 1
| +--------> Ground
+----------> Button 2
2.4.2 Sega Genesis aka MegaDrive
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Sega Genesis (in Europe sold as Sega MegaDrive) pads are an extension
to the Sega Master System pads. They use more buttons (3+1, 5+1, 6+1). Use
the following schematic:
+-----------> Power
| +---------> Right
| | +-------> Left
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Up
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | |
| | | +----> Button 1
| | +------> Select
| +--------> Ground
+----------> Button 2
The Select pin goes to pin 14 on the parallel port.
(pin 14) -----> Select
The rest is the same as for Multi2 joysticks using db9.c
2.4.3 Sega Saturn
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sega Saturn has eight buttons, and to transfer that, without hacks like
Genesis 6 pads use, it needs one more select pin. Anyway, it is still
handled by the db9.c driver. Its pinout is very different from anything
else. Use this schematic:
+-----------> Select 1
| +---------> Power
| | +-------> Up
| | | +-----> Down
| | | | +---> Ground
| | | | |
_____________
5 \ o o o o o / 1
\ o o o o /
9 `~~~~~~~' 6
| | | |
| | | +----> Select 2
| | +------> Right
| +--------> Left
+----------> Power
Select 1 is pin 14 on the parallel port, Select 2 is pin 16 on the
parallel port.
(pin 14) -----> Select 1
(pin 16) -----> Select 2
The other pins (Up, Down, Right, Left, Power, Ground) are the same as for
Multi joysticks using db9.c
3. The drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There are three drivers for the parallel port interfaces. Each, as
described above, allows to connect a different group of joysticks and pads.
Here are described their command lines:
3.1 gamecon.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Using gamecon.c you can connect up to five devices to one parallel port. It
uses the following kernel/module command line:
gamecon.map=port,pad1,pad2,pad3,pad4,pad5
Where 'port' the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
And 'pad1' to 'pad5' are pad types connected to different data input pins
(10,11,12,13,15), as described in section 2.1 of this file.
The types are:
Type | Joystick/Pad
--------------------
0 | None
1 | SNES pad
2 | NES pad
4 | Multisystem 1-button joystick
5 | Multisystem 2-button joystick
6 | N64 pad
7 | Sony PSX controller
8 | Sony PSX DDR controller
9 | SNES mouse
The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used, so
hot swapping should work (but is not recommended).
Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use
gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two
more parallel ports.
There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets
the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should
work but you can try lowering it for better performance. If your pads don't
respond try raising it until they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the
driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are
registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes.
3.2 db9.c
~~~~~~~~~
Apart from making an interface, there is nothing difficult on using the
db9.c driver. It uses the following kernel/module command line:
db9.dev=port,type
Where 'port' is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
Caveat here: This driver only works on bidirectional parallel ports. If
your parallel port is recent enough, you should have no trouble with this.
Old parallel ports may not have this feature.
'Type' is the type of joystick or pad attached:
Type | Joystick/Pad
--------------------
0 | None
1 | Multisystem 1-button joystick
2 | Multisystem 2-button joystick
3 | Genesis pad (3+1 buttons)
5 | Genesis pad (5+1 buttons)
6 | Genesis pad (6+2 buttons)
7 | Saturn pad (8 buttons)
8 | Multisystem 1-button joystick (v0.8.0.2 pin-out)
9 | Two Multisystem 1-button joysticks (v0.8.0.2 pin-out)
10 | Amiga CD32 pad
Should you want to use more than one of these joysticks/pads at once, you
can use db9.dev2 and db9.dev3 as additional command line parameters for two
more joysticks/pads.
3.3 turbografx.c
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The turbografx.c driver uses a very simple kernel/module command line:
turbografx.map=port,js1,js2,js3,js4,js5,js6,js7
Where 'port' is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0).
'jsX' is the number of buttons the Multisystem joysticks connected to the
interface ports 1-7 have. For a standard multisystem joystick, this is 1.
Should you want to use more than one of these interfaces at once, you can
use turbografx.map2 and turbografx.map3 as additional command line parameters
for two more interfaces.
3.4 PC parallel port pinout
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.----------------------------------------.
At the PC: \ 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 /
\ 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 /
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Pin | Name | Description
~~~~~~|~~~~~~~~~|~~~~~~~~~~
1 | /STROBE | Strobe
2-9 | D0-D7 | Data Bit 0-7
10 | /ACK | Acknowledge
11 | BUSY | Busy
12 | PE | Paper End
13 | SELIN | Select In
14 | /AUTOFD | Autofeed
15 | /ERROR | Error
16 | /INIT | Initialize
17 | /SEL | Select
18-25 | GND | Signal Ground
3.5 End
~~~~~~~
That's all, folks! Have fun!

586
Documentation/input/joystick.txt
View File

@@ -1,586 +0,0 @@
Linux Joystick driver v2.0.0
(c) 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@ucw.cz>
Sponsored by SuSE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0. Disclaimer
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail
- mail your message to <vojtech@ucw.cz>, or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik,
Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic
For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included
in the package: See the file COPYING.
1. Intro
~~~~~~~~
The joystick driver for Linux provides support for a variety of joysticks
and similar devices. It is based on a larger project aiming to support all
input devices in Linux.
Should you encounter any problems while using the driver, or joysticks
this driver can't make complete use of, I'm very interested in hearing about
them. Bug reports and success stories are also welcome.
The input project website is at:
http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~vojtech/input/
There is also a mailing list for the driver at:
listproc@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
send "subscribe linux-joystick Your Name" to subscribe to it.
2. Usage
~~~~~~~~
For basic usage you just choose the right options in kernel config and
you should be set.
2.1 inpututils
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For testing and other purposes (for example serial devices), a set of
utilities is available at the abovementioned website. I suggest you download
and install it before going on.
2.2 Device nodes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For applications to be able to use the joysticks,
you'll have to manually create these nodes in /dev:
cd /dev
rm js*
mkdir input
mknod input/js0 c 13 0
mknod input/js1 c 13 1
mknod input/js2 c 13 2
mknod input/js3 c 13 3
ln -s input/js0 js0
ln -s input/js1 js1
ln -s input/js2 js2
ln -s input/js3 js3
For testing with inpututils it's also convenient to create these:
mknod input/event0 c 13 64
mknod input/event1 c 13 65
mknod input/event2 c 13 66
mknod input/event3 c 13 67
2.4 Modules needed
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For all joystick drivers to function, you'll need the userland interface
module in kernel, either loaded or compiled in:
modprobe joydev
For gameport joysticks, you'll have to load the gameport driver as well;
modprobe ns558
And for serial port joysticks, you'll need the serial input line
discipline module loaded and the inputattach utility started:
modprobe serport
inputattach -xxx /dev/tts/X &
In addition to that, you'll need the joystick driver module itself, most
usually you'll have an analog joystick:
modprobe analog
For automatic module loading, something like this might work - tailor to
your needs:
alias tty-ldisc-2 serport
alias char-major-13 input
above input joydev ns558 analog
options analog map=gamepad,none,2btn
2.5 Verifying that it works
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For testing the joystick driver functionality, there is the jstest
program in the utilities package. You run it by typing:
jstest /dev/input/js0
And it should show a line with the joystick values, which update as you
move the stick, and press its buttons. The axes should all be zero when the
joystick is in the center position. They should not jitter by themselves to
other close values, and they also should be steady in any other position of
the stick. They should have the full range from -32767 to 32767. If all this
is met, then it's all fine, and you can play the games. :)
If it's not, then there might be a problem. Try to calibrate the joystick,
and if it still doesn't work, read the drivers section of this file, the
troubleshooting section, and the FAQ.
2.6. Calibration
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For most joysticks you won't need any manual calibration, since the
joystick should be autocalibrated by the driver automagically. However, with
some analog joysticks, that either do not use linear resistors, or if you
want better precision, you can use the jscal program
jscal -c /dev/input/js0
included in the joystick package to set better correction coefficients than
what the driver would choose itself.
After calibrating the joystick you can verify if you like the new
calibration using the jstest command, and if you do, you then can save the
correction coefficients into a file
jscal -p /dev/input/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal
And add a line to your rc script executing that file
source /etc/joystick.cal
This way, after the next reboot your joystick will remain calibrated. You
can also add the jscal -p line to your shutdown script.
3. HW specific driver information
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In this section each of the separate hardware specific drivers is described.
3.1 Analog joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The analog.c uses the standard analog inputs of the gameport, and thus
supports all standard joysticks and gamepads. It uses a very advanced
routine for this, allowing for data precision that can't be found on any
other system.
It also supports extensions like additional hats and buttons compatible
with CH Flightstick Pro, ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. Saitek
Cyborg 'digital' joysticks are also supported by this driver, because
they're basically souped up CHF sticks.
However the only types that can be autodetected are:
* 2-axis, 4-button joystick
* 3-axis, 4-button joystick
* 4-axis, 4-button joystick
* Saitek Cyborg 'digital' joysticks
For other joystick types (more/less axes, hats, and buttons) support
you'll need to specify the types either on the kernel command line or on the
module command line, when inserting analog into the kernel. The
parameters are:
analog.map=<type1>,<type2>,<type3>,....
'type' is type of the joystick from the table below, defining joysticks
present on gameports in the system, starting with gameport0, second 'type'
entry defining joystick on gameport1 and so on.
Type | Meaning
-----------------------------------
none | No analog joystick on that port
auto | Autodetect joystick
2btn | 2-button n-axis joystick
y-joy | Two 2-button 2-axis joysticks on an Y-cable
y-pad | Two 2-button 2-axis gamepads on an Y-cable
fcs | Thrustmaster FCS compatible joystick
chf | Joystick with a CH Flightstick compatible hat
fullchf | CH Flightstick compatible with two hats and 6 buttons
gamepad | 4/6-button n-axis gamepad
gamepad8 | 8-button 2-axis gamepad
In case your joystick doesn't fit in any of the above categories, you can
specify the type as a number by combining the bits in the table below. This
is not recommended unless you really know what are you doing. It's not
dangerous, but not simple either.
Bit | Meaning
--------------------------
0 | Axis X1
1 | Axis Y1
2 | Axis X2
3 | Axis Y2
4 | Button A
5 | Button B
6 | Button C
7 | Button D
8 | CHF Buttons X and Y
9 | CHF Hat 1
10 | CHF Hat 2
11 | FCS Hat
12 | Pad Button X
13 | Pad Button Y
14 | Pad Button U
15 | Pad Button V
16 | Saitek F1-F4 Buttons
17 | Saitek Digital Mode
19 | GamePad
20 | Joy2 Axis X1
21 | Joy2 Axis Y1
22 | Joy2 Axis X2
23 | Joy2 Axis Y2
24 | Joy2 Button A
25 | Joy2 Button B
26 | Joy2 Button C
27 | Joy2 Button D
31 | Joy2 GamePad
3.2 Microsoft SideWinder joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Microsoft 'Digital Overdrive' protocol is supported by the sidewinder.c
module. All currently supported joysticks:
* Microsoft SideWinder 3D Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Wheel
* Microsoft SideWinder FreeStyle Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder GamePad (up to four, chained)
* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro
* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro USB
are autodetected, and thus no module parameters are needed.
There is one caveat with the 3D Pro. There are 9 buttons reported,
although the joystick has only 8. The 9th button is the mode switch on the
rear side of the joystick. However, moving it, you'll reset the joystick,
and make it unresponsive for about a one third of a second. Furthermore, the
joystick will also re-center itself, taking the position it was in during
this time as a new center position. Use it if you want, but think first.
The SideWinder Standard is not a digital joystick, and thus is supported
by the analog driver described above.
3.3 Logitech ADI devices
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Logitech ADI protocol is supported by the adi.c module. It should support
any Logitech device using this protocol. This includes, but is not limited
to:
* Logitech CyberMan 2
* Logitech ThunderPad Digital
* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital
* Logitech WingMan Formula
* Logitech WingMan Interceptor
* Logitech WingMan GamePad
* Logitech WingMan GamePad USB
* Logitech WingMan GamePad Extreme
* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital 3D
ADI devices are autodetected, and the driver supports up to two (any
combination of) devices on a single gameport, using an Y-cable or chained
together.
Logitech WingMan Joystick, Logitech WingMan Attack, Logitech WingMan
Extreme and Logitech WingMan ThunderPad are not digital joysticks and are
handled by the analog driver described above. Logitech WingMan Warrior and
Logitech Magellan are supported by serial drivers described below. Logitech
WingMan Force and Logitech WingMan Formula Force are supported by the
I-Force driver described below. Logitech CyberMan is not supported yet.
3.4 Gravis GrIP
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Gravis GrIP protocol is supported by the grip.c module. It currently
supports:
* Gravis GamePad Pro
* Gravis BlackHawk Digital
* Gravis Xterminator
* Gravis Xterminator DualControl
All these devices are autodetected, and you can even use any combination
of up to two of these pads either chained together or using an Y-cable on a
single gameport.
GrIP MultiPort isn't supported yet. Gravis Stinger is a serial device and is
supported by the stinger driver. Other Gravis joysticks are supported by the
analog driver.
3.5 FPGaming A3D and MadCatz A3D
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Assassin 3D protocol created by FPGaming, is used both by FPGaming
themselves and is licensed to MadCatz. A3D devices are supported by the
a3d.c module. It currently supports:
* FPGaming Assassin 3D
* MadCatz Panther
* MadCatz Panther XL
All these devices are autodetected. Because the Assassin 3D and the Panther
allow connecting analog joysticks to them, you'll need to load the analog
driver as well to handle the attached joysticks.
The trackball should work with USB mousedev module as a normal mouse. See
the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse.
3.6 ThrustMaster DirectConnect (BSP)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c
module. This includes, but is not limited to:
* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor
* ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad
* ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad
Devices not directly supported, but hopefully working are:
* ThrustMaster FragMaster
* ThrustMaster Attack Throttle
If you have one of these, contact me.
TMDC devices are autodetected, and thus no parameters to the module
are needed. Up to two TMDC devices can be connected to one gameport, using
an Y-cable.
3.7 Creative Labs Blaster
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Blaster protocol is supported by the cobra.c module. It supports only
the:
* Creative Blaster GamePad Cobra
Up to two of these can be used on a single gameport, using an Y-cable.
3.8 Genius Digital joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Genius digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the gf2k.c
module. This includes:
* Genius Flight2000 F-23 joystick
* Genius Flight2000 F-31 joystick
* Genius G-09D gamepad
Other Genius digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be
added fairly easily.
3.9 InterAct Digital joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The InterAct digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the
interact.c module. This includes:
* InterAct HammerHead/FX gamepad
* InterAct ProPad8 gamepad
Other InterAct digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be
added fairly easily.
3.10 PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards are supported by the lightning.c module.
Once the module is loaded, the analog driver can be used to handle the
joysticks. Digitally communicating joystick will work only on port 0, while
using Y-cables, you can connect up to 8 analog joysticks to a single L4
card, 16 in case you have two in your system.
3.11 Trident 4DWave / Aureal Vortex
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Soundcards with a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex/Vortex2 chipsets
provide an "Enhanced Game Port" mode where the soundcard handles polling the
joystick. This mode is supported by the pcigame.c module. Once loaded the
analog driver can use the enhanced features of these gameports..
3.13 Crystal SoundFusion
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Soundcards with Crystal SoundFusion chipsets provide an "Enhanced Game
Port", much like the 4DWave or Vortex above. This, and also the normal mode
for the port of the SoundFusion is supported by the cs461x.c module.
3.14 SoundBlaster Live!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Live! has a special PCI gameport, which, although it doesn't provide
any "Enhanced" stuff like 4DWave and friends, is quite a bit faster than
its ISA counterparts. It also requires special support, hence the
emu10k1-gp.c module for it instead of the normal ns558.c one.
3.15 SoundBlaster 64 and 128 - ES1370 and ES1371, ESS Solo1 and S3 SonicVibes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
These PCI soundcards have specific gameports. They are handled by the
sound drivers themselves. Make sure you select gameport support in the
joystick menu and sound card support in the sound menu for your appropriate
card.
3.16 Amiga
~~~~~~~~~~
Amiga joysticks, connected to an Amiga, are supported by the amijoy.c
driver. Since they can't be autodetected, the driver has a command line.
amijoy.map=<a>,<b>
a and b define the joysticks connected to the JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT ports of
the Amiga.
Value | Joystick type
---------------------
0 | None
1 | 1-button digital joystick
No more joystick types are supported now, but that should change in the
future if I get an Amiga in the reach of my fingers.
3.17 Game console and 8-bit pads and joysticks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
See joystick-parport.txt for more info.
3.18 SpaceTec/LabTec devices
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
SpaceTec serial devices communicate using the SpaceWare protocol. It is
supported by the spaceorb.c and spaceball.c drivers. The devices currently
supported by spaceorb.c are:
* SpaceTec SpaceBall Avenger
* SpaceTec SpaceOrb 360
Devices currently supported by spaceball.c are:
* SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX
In addition to having the spaceorb/spaceball and serport modules in the
kernel, you also need to attach a serial port to it. to do that, run the
inputattach program:
inputattach --spaceorb /dev/tts/x &
or
inputattach --spaceball /dev/tts/x &
where /dev/tts/x is the serial port which the device is connected to. After
doing this, the device will be reported and will start working.
There is one caveat with the SpaceOrb. The button #6, the on the bottom
side of the orb, although reported as an ordinary button, causes internal
recentering of the spaceorb, moving the zero point to the position in which
the ball is at the moment of pressing the button. So, think first before
you bind it to some other function.
SpaceTec SpaceBall 2003 FLX and 3003 FLX are not supported yet.
3.19 Logitech SWIFT devices
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The SWIFT serial protocol is supported by the warrior.c module. It
currently supports only the:
* Logitech WingMan Warrior
but in the future, Logitech CyberMan (the original one, not CM2) could be
supported as well. To use the module, you need to run inputattach after you
insert/compile the module into your kernel:
inputattach --warrior /dev/tts/x &
/dev/tts/x is the serial port your Warrior is attached to.
3.20 Magellan / Space Mouse
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Magellan (or Space Mouse), manufactured by LogiCad3d (formerly Space
Systems), for many other companies (Logitech, HP, ...) is supported by the
joy-magellan module. It currently supports only the:
* Magellan 3D
* Space Mouse
models, the additional buttons on the 'Plus' versions are not supported yet.
To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the
inputattach --magellan /dev/tts/x &
command. After that the Magellan will be detected, initialized, will beep,
and the /dev/input/jsX device should become usable.
3.21 I-Force devices
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
All I-Force devices are supported by the iforce module. This includes:
* AVB Mag Turbo Force
* AVB Top Shot Pegasus
* AVB Top Shot Force Feedback Racing Wheel
* Logitech WingMan Force
* Logitech WingMan Force Wheel
* Guillemot Race Leader Force Feedback
* Guillemot Force Feedback Racing Wheel
* Thrustmaster Motor Sport GT
To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the
inputattach --iforce /dev/tts/x &
command. After that the I-Force device will be detected, and the
/dev/input/jsX device should become usable.
In case you're using the device via the USB port, the inputattach command
isn't needed.
The I-Force driver now supports force feedback via the event interface.
Please note that Logitech WingMan *3D devices are _not_ supported by this
module, rather by hid. Force feedback is not supported for those devices.
Logitech gamepads are also hid devices.
3.22 Gravis Stinger gamepad
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Gravis Stinger serial port gamepad, designed for use with laptop
computers, is supported by the stinger.c module. To use it, attach the
serial port to the driver using:
inputattach --stinger /dev/tty/x &
where x is the number of the serial port.
4. Troubleshooting
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There is quite a high probability that you run into some problems. For
testing whether the driver works, if in doubt, use the jstest utility in
some of its modes. The most useful modes are "normal" - for the 1.x
interface, and "old" for the "0.x" interface. You run it by typing:
jstest --normal /dev/input/js0
jstest --old /dev/input/js0
Additionally you can do a test with the evtest utility:
evtest /dev/input/event0
Oh, and read the FAQ! :)
5. FAQ
~~~~~~
Q: Running 'jstest /dev/input/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the
cause?
A: The device files don't exist. Create them (see section 2.2).
Q: Is it possible to connect my old Atari/Commodore/Amiga/console joystick
or pad that uses a 9-pin D-type cannon connector to the serial port of my
PC?
A: Yes, it is possible, but it'll burn your serial port or the pad. It
won't work, of course.
Q: My joystick doesn't work with Quake / Quake 2. What's the cause?
A: Quake / Quake 2 don't support joystick. Use joy2key to simulate keypresses
for them.
6. Programming Interface
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The 1.0 driver uses a new, event based approach to the joystick driver.
Instead of the user program polling for the joystick values, the joystick
driver now reports only any changes of its state. See joystick-api.txt,
joystick.h and jstest.c included in the joystick package for more
information. The joystick device can be used in either blocking or
nonblocking mode and supports select() calls.
For backward compatibility the old (v0.x) interface is still included.
Any call to the joystick driver using the old interface will return values
that are compatible to the old interface. This interface is still limited
to 2 axes, and applications using it usually decode only 2 buttons, although
the driver provides up to 32.

202
Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt → Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
=========================
Multi-touch (MT) Protocol
-------------------------
Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
=========================
:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Introduction
@@ -18,6 +22,9 @@ describes how to send the raw data for all contacts to the receiver. For
devices capable of tracking identifiable contacts (type B), the protocol
describes how to send updates for individual contacts via event slots.
.. note::
MT potocol type A is obsolete, all kernel drivers have been
converted to use type B.
Protocol Usage
--------------
@@ -47,12 +54,12 @@ The main difference between the stateless type A protocol and the stateful
type B slot protocol lies in the usage of identifiable contacts to reduce
the amount of data sent to userspace. The slot protocol requires the use of
the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID, either provided by the hardware or computed from
the raw data [5].
the raw data [#f5]_.
For type A devices, the kernel driver should generate an arbitrary
enumeration of the full set of anonymous contacts currently on the
surface. The order in which the packets appear in the event stream is not
important. Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [3].
important. Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [#f3]_.
For type B devices, the kernel driver should associate a slot with each
identified contact, and use that slot to propagate changes for the contact.
@@ -86,7 +93,7 @@ Protocol Example A
------------------
Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
like for a type A device:
like for a type A device::
ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0]
@@ -100,14 +107,14 @@ The sequence after moving one of the contacts looks exactly the same; the
raw data for all present contacts are sent between every synchronization
with SYN_REPORT.
Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact:
Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact::
ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1]
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
SYN_MT_REPORT
SYN_REPORT
And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact::
SYN_MT_REPORT
SYN_REPORT
@@ -122,7 +129,7 @@ Protocol Example B
------------------
Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look
like for a type B device:
like for a type B device::
ABS_MT_SLOT 0
ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 45
@@ -134,13 +141,13 @@ like for a type B device:
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1]
SYN_REPORT
Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction:
Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction::
ABS_MT_SLOT 0
ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0]
SYN_REPORT
Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0:
Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0::
ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
SYN_REPORT
@@ -149,7 +156,7 @@ The slot being modified is already 0, so the ABS_MT_SLOT is omitted. The
message removes the association of slot 0 with contact 45, thereby
destroying contact 45 and freeing slot 0 to be reused for another contact.
Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:
Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact::
ABS_MT_SLOT 1
ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1
@@ -181,6 +188,8 @@ ABS_MT_PRESSURE may be used to provide the pressure on the contact area
instead. Devices capable of contact hovering can use ABS_MT_DISTANCE to
indicate the distance between the contact and the surface.
::
Linux MT Win8
__________ _______________________
@@ -212,7 +221,7 @@ via ABS_MT_BLOB_ID.
The ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify whether the touching tool is a
finger or a pen or something else. Finally, the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID event
may be used to track identified contacts over time [5].
may be used to track identified contacts over time [#f5]_.
In the type B protocol, ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE and ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID are
implicitly handled by input core; drivers should instead call
@@ -223,117 +232,103 @@ Event Semantics
---------------
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR
The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in
surface units. If the surface has an X times Y resolution, the largest
possible value of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR is sqrt(X^2 + Y^2), the diagonal [4].
The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in
surface units. If the surface has an X times Y resolution, the largest
possible value of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR is sqrt(X^2 + Y^2), the diagonal [#f4]_.
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the contact. If the
contact is circular, this event can be omitted [4].
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the contact. If the
contact is circular, this event can be omitted [#f4]_.
ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR
The length, in surface units, of the major axis of the approaching
tool. This should be understood as the size of the tool itself. The
orientation of the contact and the approaching tool are assumed to be the
same [4].
The length, in surface units, of the major axis of the approaching
tool. This should be understood as the size of the tool itself. The
orientation of the contact and the approaching tool are assumed to be the
same [#f4]_.
ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the approaching
tool. Omit if circular [#f4]_.
The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the approaching
tool. Omit if circular [4].
The above four values can be used to derive additional information about
the contact. The ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR approximates
the notion of pressure. The fingers of the hand and the palm all have
different characteristic widths.
The above four values can be used to derive additional information about
the contact. The ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR approximates
the notion of pressure. The fingers of the hand and the palm all have
different characteristic widths.
ABS_MT_PRESSURE
The pressure, in arbitrary units, on the contact area. May be used instead
of TOUCH and WIDTH for pressure-based devices or any device with a spatial
signal intensity distribution.
The pressure, in arbitrary units, on the contact area. May be used instead
of TOUCH and WIDTH for pressure-based devices or any device with a spatial
signal intensity distribution.
ABS_MT_DISTANCE
The distance, in surface units, between the contact and the surface. Zero
distance means the contact is touching the surface. A positive number means
the contact is hovering above the surface.
The distance, in surface units, between the contact and the surface. Zero
distance means the contact is touching the surface. A positive number means
the contact is hovering above the surface.
ABS_MT_ORIENTATION
The orientation of the touching ellipse. The value should describe a signed
quarter of a revolution clockwise around the touch center. The signed value
range is arbitrary, but zero should be returned for an ellipse aligned with
the Y axis of the surface, a negative value when the ellipse is turned to
the left, and a positive value when the ellipse is turned to the
right. When completely aligned with the X axis, the range max should be
returned.
The orientation of the touching ellipse. The value should describe a signed
quarter of a revolution clockwise around the touch center. The signed value
range is arbitrary, but zero should be returned for an ellipse aligned with
the Y axis of the surface, a negative value when the ellipse is turned to
the left, and a positive value when the ellipse is turned to the
right. When completely aligned with the X axis, the range max should be
returned.
Touch ellipsis are symmetrical by default. For devices capable of true 360
degree orientation, the reported orientation must exceed the range max to
indicate more than a quarter of a revolution. For an upside-down finger,
range max * 2 should be returned.
Touch ellipsis are symmetrical by default. For devices capable of true 360
degree orientation, the reported orientation must exceed the range max to
indicate more than a quarter of a revolution. For an upside-down finger,
range max * 2 should be returned.
Orientation can be omitted if the touch area is circular, or if the
information is not available in the kernel driver. Partial orientation
support is possible if the device can distinguish between the two axis, but
not (uniquely) any values in between. In such cases, the range of
ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be [0, 1] [4].
Orientation can be omitted if the touch area is circular, or if the
information is not available in the kernel driver. Partial orientation
support is possible if the device can distinguish between the two axis, but
not (uniquely) any values in between. In such cases, the range of
ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be [0, 1] [#f4]_.
ABS_MT_POSITION_X
The surface X coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
The surface X coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y
The surface Y coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
The surface Y coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse.
ABS_MT_TOOL_X
The surface X coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if
the device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the
tool itself.
The surface X coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if
the device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the
tool itself.
ABS_MT_TOOL_Y
The surface Y coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if the
device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the tool
itself.
The surface Y coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if the
device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the tool
itself.
The four position values can be used to separate the position of the touch
from the position of the tool. If both positions are present, the major
tool axis points towards the touch point [1]. Otherwise, the tool axes are
aligned with the touch axes.
The four position values can be used to separate the position of the touch
from the position of the tool. If both positions are present, the major
tool axis points towards the touch point [#f1]_. Otherwise, the tool axes are
aligned with the touch axes.
ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE
The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish
between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the
event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER,
MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [2]. For type B devices, this event is handled
by input core; drivers should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state().
A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over time while still touching the
device, because the firmware may not be able to determine which tool is being
used when it first appears.
The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish
between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the
event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER,
MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [#f2]_. For type B devices, this event is
handled by input core; drivers should instead use
input_mt_report_slot_state(). A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over
time while still touching the device, because the firmware may not be able
to determine which tool is being used when it first appears.
ABS_MT_BLOB_ID
The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
contact. The sequence of points forms a polygon which defines the shape of
the contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and
should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [5]. Most type A
devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event.
The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped
contact. The sequence of points forms a polygon which defines the shape of
the contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and
should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [#f5]_. Most type A
devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event.
ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID
The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle
[5]. The value range of the TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure
unique identification of a contact maintained over an extended period of
time. For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; drivers
should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state().
The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle
[#f5]_. The value range of the TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure
unique identification of a contact maintained over an extended period of
time. For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; drivers
should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state().
Event Computation
@@ -346,7 +341,7 @@ this section gives recipes for how to compute certain events.
For devices reporting contacts as rectangular shapes, signed orientation
cannot be obtained. Assuming X and Y are the lengths of the sides of the
touching rectangle, here is a simple formula that retains the most
information possible:
information possible::
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := max(X, Y)
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := min(X, Y)
@@ -356,7 +351,7 @@ The range of ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be set to [0, 1], to indicate that
the device can distinguish between a finger along the Y axis (0) and a
finger along the X axis (1).
For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is
For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is::
ABS_MT_POSITION_X := T_X
ABS_MT_POSITION_Y := T_Y
@@ -365,7 +360,7 @@ For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is
Unfortunately, there is not enough information to specify both the touching
ellipse and the tool ellipse, so one has to resort to approximations. One
simple scheme, which is compatible with earlier usage, is:
simple scheme, which is compatible with earlier usage, is::
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := min(X, Y)
ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := <not used>
@@ -386,7 +381,7 @@ The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each
initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching
problem. At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is
matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full
implementation can be found in [3].
implementation can be found in [#f3]_.
Gestures
@@ -408,11 +403,8 @@ in a finger packet must not be recognized as single-touch events.
For type A devices, all finger data bypasses input filtering, since
subsequent events of the same type refer to different fingers.
For example usage of the type A protocol, see the bcm5974 driver. For
example usage of the type B protocol, see the hid-egalax driver.
[1] Also, the difference (TOOL_X - POSITION_X) can be used to model tilt.
[2] The list can of course be extended.
[3] The mtdev project: http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/.
[4] See the section on event computation.
[5] See the section on finger tracking.
.. [#f1] Also, the difference (TOOL_X - POSITION_X) can be used to model tilt.
.. [#f2] The list can of course be extended.
.. [#f3] The mtdev project: http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/.
.. [#f4] See the section on event computation.
.. [#f5] See the section on finger tracking.

10
Documentation/input/notifier.txt → Documentation/input/notifier.rst
View File

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
=================
Keyboard notifier
=================
One can use register_keyboard_notifier to get called back on keyboard
events (see kbd_keycode() function for details). The passed structure is
@@ -23,9 +25,9 @@ For each kind of event but the last, the callback may return NOTIFY_STOP in
order to "eat" the event: the notify loop is stopped and the keyboard event is
dropped.
In a rough C snippet, we have:
In a rough C snippet, we have::
kbd_keycode(keycode) {
kbd_keycode(keycode) {
...
params.value = keycode;
if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_KEYCODE,&params) == NOTIFY_STOP)
@@ -47,6 +49,6 @@ kbd_keycode(keycode) {
return;
apply keysym;
notifier_call_chain(KBD_POST_KEYSYM,&params);
}
}
NOTE: This notifier is usually called from interrupt context.
.. note:: This notifier is usually called from interrupt context.

873
Documentation/input/sentelic.txt
View File

@@ -1,873 +0,0 @@
Copyright (C) 2002-2011 Sentelic Corporation.
Last update: Dec-07-2011
==============================================================================
* Finger Sensing Pad Intellimouse Mode(scrolling wheel, 4th and 5th buttons)
==============================================================================
A) MSID 4: Scrolling wheel mode plus Forward page(4th button) and Backward
page (5th button)
@1. Set sample rate to 200;
@2. Set sample rate to 200;
@3. Set sample rate to 80;
@4. Issuing the "Get device ID" command (0xF2) and waits for the response;
@5. FSP will respond 0x04.
Packet 1
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|W|W|W|W|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow
Bit6 => X overflow
Bit5 => Y sign bit
Bit4 => X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 4: Bit3~Bit0 => the scrolling wheel's movement since the last data report.
valid values, -8 ~ +7
Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page.
0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed.
Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page.
0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed.
B) MSID 6: Horizontal and Vertical scrolling.
@ Set bit 1 in register 0x40 to 1
# FSP replaces scrolling wheel's movement as 4 bits to show horizontal and
vertical scrolling.
Packet 1
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|r|l|u|d|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow
Bit6 => X overflow
Bit5 => Y sign bit
Bit4 => X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers)
Byte 4: Bit0 => the Vertical scrolling movement downward.
Bit1 => the Vertical scrolling movement upward.
Bit2 => the Horizontal scrolling movement leftward.
Bit3 => the Horizontal scrolling movement rightward.
Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page.
0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed.
Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page.
0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed.
C) MSID 7:
# FSP uses 2 packets (8 Bytes) to represent Absolute Position.
so we have PACKET NUMBER to identify packets.
If PACKET NUMBER is 0, the packet is Packet 1.
If PACKET NUMBER is 1, the packet is Packet 2.
Please count this number in program.
# MSID6 special packet will be enable at the same time when enable MSID 7.
==============================================================================
* Absolute position for STL3886-G0.
==============================================================================
@ Set bit 2 or 3 in register 0x40 to 1
@ Set bit 6 in register 0x40 to 1
Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|d|u|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => valid bit
Bit4 => 1
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll up
Bit5 => scroll down
Bit6 => scroll left
Bit7 => scroll right
Notify Packet for G0
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|0|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |M|M|M|M|M|M|M|M| 4 |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => 0
Bit4 => 1
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0x5A (Enable/Disable status packet)
Mode Type => 0xA5 (Normal/Icon mode status)
Byte 3: Message Type => 0x00 (Disabled)
=> 0x01 (Enabled)
Mode Type => 0x00 (Normal)
=> 0x01 (Icon)
Byte 4: Bit7~Bit0 => Don't Care
==============================================================================
* Absolute position for STL3888-Ax.
==============================================================================
Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|A|1|L|0|1| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => arc
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released.
Bit1 => 0
Bit0 => 1
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit5~Bit4 => y1_g
Bit7~Bit6 => x1_g
Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|A|1|R|1|0| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => arc
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released.
Bit1 => 1
Bit0 => 0
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit5~Bit4 => y2_g
Bit7~Bit6 => x2_g
Notify Packet for STL3888-Ax
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|d|u|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => 1
Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1):
0: left button is generated by the on-pad command
1: left button is generated by the external button
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode)
Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care
Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers
Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved
Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode
Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit5 => scroll down button
Bit4 => scroll up button
* Note that if gesture and additional button (Bit4~Bit7)
happen at the same time, the button information will not
be sent.
Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1,
abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
==============================================================================
* Absolute position for STL3888-B0.
==============================================================================
Packet 1(ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|F|1|0|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll down button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|V|F|1|1|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up.
When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid
bit.
Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => scroll down button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Notify Packet for STL3888-B0
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
=> 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click
Bit5 => 1
Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1):
0: left button is generated by the on-pad command
1: left button is generated by the external button
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode)
Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care
Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers
Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved
Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode
Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit5 => scroll up button
Bit4 => scroll down button
* Note that if gesture and additional button(Bit4~Bit7)
happen at the same time, the button information will not
be sent.
Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1,
abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
==============================================================================
* Absolute position for STL3888-Cx and STL3888-Dx.
==============================================================================
Single Finger, Absolute Coordinate Mode (SFAC)
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Coordinate mode(always 0 in SFAC mode):
0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode
1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol.
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page)
Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page)
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
Multi Finger, Multiple Coordinates Mode (MFMC):
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |0|1|1|P|1|F|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordination packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Coordinate mode (always 1 in MFMC mode):
0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode
1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol.
Bit2 => Finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger.
If bit 1 and 0 are all 1 and bit 4 is 0, the middle external
button is pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2])
Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2])
Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0])
Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0])
Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page)
Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page)
Bit6 => scroll left button
Bit7 => scroll right button
When one of the two fingers is up, the device will output four consecutive
MFMC#0 report packets with zero X and Y to represent 1st finger is up or
four consecutive MFMC#1 report packets with zero X and Y to represent that
the 2nd finger is up. On the other hand, if both fingers are up, the device
will output four consecutive single-finger, absolute coordinate(SFAC) packets
with zero X and Y.
Notify Packet for STL3888-Cx/Dx
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |1|0|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0|
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet
=> 01, Absolute coordinates packet
=> 10, Notify packet
Bit5 => Always 0
Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command(OPC)
1: The LEFT button is generated by external button
Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed.
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed.
Byte 2: Message type:
0xba => gesture information
0xc0 => one finger hold-rotating gesture
Byte 3: The first parameter for the received message:
0xba => gesture ID (refer to the 'Gesture ID' section)
0xc0 => region ID
Byte 4: The second parameter for the received message:
0xba => N/A
0xc0 => finger up/down information
Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinates mode:
notify packet (valid bit == 1), MFMC packet 1 (byte 1, bit 2 == 0),
MFMC packet 2 (byte 1, bit 2 == 1), MFMC packet 1, MFMC packet 2,
..., notify packet (valid bit == 0)
That is, when the device is in MFMC mode, the host will receive
interleaved absolute coordinate packets for each finger.
==============================================================================
* FSP Enable/Disable packet
==============================================================================
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------|
1 |Y|X|0|0|1|M|R|L| 2 |0|1|0|1|1|0|1|E| 3 | | | | | | | | | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------|
FSP will send out enable/disable packet when FSP receive PS/2 enable/disable
command. Host will receive the packet which Middle, Right, Left button will
be set. The packet only use byte 0 and byte 1 as a pattern of original packet.
Ignore the other bytes of the packet.
Byte 1: Bit7 => 0, Y overflow
Bit6 => 0, X overflow
Bit5 => 0, Y sign bit
Bit4 => 0, X sign bit
Bit3 => 1
Bit2 => 1, Middle Button
Bit1 => 1, Right Button
Bit0 => 1, Left Button
Byte 2: Bit7~1 => (0101101b)
Bit0 => 1 = Enable
0 = Disable
Byte 3: Don't care
Byte 4: Don't care (MOUSE ID 3, 4)
Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet)
==============================================================================
* PS/2 Command Set
==============================================================================
FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for
details about PS/2 commands:
http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
==============================================================================
* Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow
==============================================================================
1. Identify FSP by reading device ID(0x00) and version(0x01) register
2a. For FSP version < STL3888 Cx, determine number of buttons by reading
the 'test mode status' (0x20) register:
buttons = reg[0x20] & 0x30
if buttons == 0x30 or buttons == 0x20:
# two/four buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail(ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7)
elif buttons == 0x10:
# 6 buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section B for packet parsing detail
elif buttons == 0x00:
# 6 buttons
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail
2b. For FSP version >= STL3888 Cx:
Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse'
section A for packet parsing detail (ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7)
==============================================================================
* Programming Sequence for Register Reading/Writing
==============================================================================
Register inversion requirement:
Following values needed to be inverted(the '~' operator in C) before being
sent to FSP:
0xe8, 0xe9, 0xee, 0xf2, 0xf3 and 0xff.
Register swapping requirement:
Following values needed to have their higher 4 bits and lower 4 bits being
swapped before being sent to FSP:
10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 and 200.
Register reading sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. if the register address being to read is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 6
5a. send 0x68 PS/2 command to FSP;
5b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 8;
6. if the register address being to read is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 7
6a. send 0xcc PS/2 command to FSP;
6b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 8;
7. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
7a. send the original register address to FSP and goto step 8;
8. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP;
9. the 4th byte of the response read from FSP should be the
requested register value(?? indicates don't care byte):
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (??) (val)
* Note that since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's
complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request
result:
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val)
Register writing sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. if the register address being to write is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 3
2a. send 0x74 PS/2 command to FSP;
2b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 5;
3. if the register address being to write is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 4
3a. send 0x77 PS/2 command to FSP;
3b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 5;
4. send 0x55 PS/2 command to FSP;
4a. send the register address to FSP and goto step 5;
5. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
6. if the register value being to write is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 7
6a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP;
6b. send the inverted register value to FSP and goto step 9;
7. if the register value being to write is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 8
7a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP;
7b. send the swapped register value to FSP and goto step 9;
8. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP;
8a. send the register value to FSP;
9. the register writing sequence is completed.
* Note that since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's
complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request
result. Host can optionally send another 0xe9 (status request) PS/2
command to FSP at the end of register writing to verify that the
register writing operation is successful (?? indicates don't care
byte):
host: 0xe9
3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val)
==============================================================================
* Programming Sequence for Page Register Reading/Writing
==============================================================================
In order to overcome the limitation of maximum number of registers
supported, the hardware separates register into different groups called
'pages.' Each page is able to include up to 255 registers.
The default page after power up is 0x82; therefore, if one has to get
access to register 0x8301, one has to use following sequence to switch
to page 0x83, then start reading/writing from/to offset 0x01 by using
the register read/write sequence described in previous section.
Page register reading sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. send 0x83 PS/2 command to FSP;
6. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
7. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP;
8. the response read from FSP should be the requested page value.
Page register writing sequence:
1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
2. send 0x38 PS/2 command to FSP;
3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP;
4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP;
5. if the page address being written is not required to be
inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section),
goto step 6
5a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP;
5b. send the inverted page address to FSP and goto step 9;
6. if the page address being written is not required to be
swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section),
goto step 7
6a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP;
6b. send the swapped page address to FSP and goto step 9;
7. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP;
8. send the page address to FSP;
9. the page register writing sequence is completed.
==============================================================================
* Gesture ID
==============================================================================
Unlike other devices which sends multiple fingers' coordinates to host,
FSP processes multiple fingers' coordinates internally and convert them
into a 8 bits integer, namely 'Gesture ID.' Following is a list of
supported gesture IDs:
ID Description
0x86 2 finger straight up
0x82 2 finger straight down
0x80 2 finger straight right
0x84 2 finger straight left
0x8f 2 finger zoom in
0x8b 2 finger zoom out
0xc0 2 finger curve, counter clockwise
0xc4 2 finger curve, clockwise
0x2e 3 finger straight up
0x2a 3 finger straight down
0x28 3 finger straight right
0x2c 3 finger straight left
0x38 palm
==============================================================================
* Register Listing
==============================================================================
Registers are represented in 16 bits values. The higher 8 bits represent
the page address and the lower 8 bits represent the relative offset within
that particular page. Refer to the 'Programming Sequence for Page Register
Reading/Writing' section for instructions on how to change current page
address.
offset width default r/w name
0x8200 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO device ID
0x8201 bit7~bit0 RW version ID
0xc1: STL3888 Ax
0xd0 ~ 0xd2: STL3888 Bx
0xe0 ~ 0xe1: STL3888 Cx
0xe2 ~ 0xe3: STL3888 Dx
0x8202 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO vendor ID
0x8203 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO product ID
0x8204 bit3~bit0 0x01 RW revision ID
0x820b test mode status 1
bit3 1 RO 0: rotate 180 degree
1: no rotation
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x820f register file page control
bit2 0 RW 1: rotate 180 degree
0: no rotation
*supported since Cx
bit0 0 RW 1 to enable page 1 register files
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8210 RW system control 1
bit0 1 RW Reserved, must be 1
bit1 0 RW Reserved, must be 0
bit4 0 RW Reserved, must be 0
bit5 1 RW register clock gating enable
0: read only, 1: read/write enable
(Note that following registers does not require clock gating being
enabled prior to write: 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0f 10 11 12 16 17 18 23 2e
40 41 42 43. In addition to that, this bit must be 1 when gesture
mode is enabled)
0x8220 test mode status
bit5~bit4 RO number of buttons
11 => 2, lbtn/rbtn
10 => 4, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd
01 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/scrl/scrr
00 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/fbtn/bbtn
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8231 RW on-pad command detection
bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag
enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8234 RW on-pad command control 5
bit4~bit0 0x05 RW XLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit7 0 RW on-pad tap zone enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8235 RW on-pad command control 6
bit4~bit0 0x1d RW XHI in 0s/4/1, so 19h = 1100.1b = 12.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8236 RW on-pad command control 7
bit4~bit0 0x04 RW YLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8237 RW on-pad command control 8
bit4~bit0 0x13 RW YHI in 0s/4/1, so 11h = 1000.1b = 8.5
(Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8240 RW system control 5
bit1 0 RW FSP Intellimouse mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit2 0 RW movement + abs. coordinate mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when
bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1.
In addition, when bit 1 and bit 2 are set at the same time, bit 2 will
override bit 1.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit3 0 RW abs. coordinate only mode enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when
bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1.
In addition, when bit 1, bit 2 and bit 3 are set at the same time,
bit 3 will override bit 1 and 2.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit5 0 RW auto switch enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit6 0 RW G0 abs. + notify packet format enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that the absolute/relative coordinate output still depends on
bit 2 and 3. That is, if any of those bit is 1, host will receive
absolute coordinates; otherwise, host only receives packets with
relative coordinate.)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit7 0 RW EN_PS2_F2: PS/2 gesture mode 2nd
finger packet enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8243 RW on-pad control
bit0 0 RW on-pad control enable
0: disable, 1: enable
(Note that if this bit is cleared, bit 3/5 will be ineffective)
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit3 0 RW on-pad fix vertical scrolling enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
bit5 0 RW on-pad fix horizontal scrolling enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*only supported by H/W prior to Cx
0x8290 RW software control register 1
bit0 0 RW absolute coordination mode
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit1 0 RW gesture ID output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit2 0 RW two fingers' coordinates output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit3 0 RW finger up one packet output
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit4 0 RW absolute coordination continuous mode
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
bit6~bit5 00 RW gesture group selection
00: basic
01: suite
10: suite pro
11: advanced
*supported since Cx
bit7 0 RW Bx packet output compatible mode
0: disable, 1: enable *supported since Cx
*supported since Cx
0x833d RW on-pad command control 1
bit7 1 RW on-pad command detection enable
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx
0x833e RW on-pad command detection
bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag
enable. Works only in H/W based PS/2
data packet mode.
0: disable, 1: enable
*supported since Cx

65
Documentation/input/shape.fig
View File

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
#FIG 3.2
Landscape
Center
Inches
Letter
100.00
Single
-2
1200 2
2 1 0 2 0 7 50 0 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 6
4200 3600 4200 3075 4950 2325 7425 2325 8250 3150 8250 3600
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
4200 3675 4200 5400
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
8250 3675 8250 5400
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
3675 3600 8700 3600
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
8775 3600 10200 3600
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
8325 3150 9075 3150
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
7500 2325 10200 2325
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
3600 3600 3000 3600
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
4125 3075 3000 3075
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
4200 5400 8175 5400
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
10125 2325 10125 3600
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
3000 3150 3000 3600
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
9075 3150 9075 3600
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
4950 2325 4950 1200
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 2
7425 2325 7425 1200
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 4
4200 3075 4200 2400 3600 1800 3600 1200
2 1 1 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 4
8250 3150 8250 2475 8775 1950 8775 1200
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
3600 1275 4950 1275
2 1 0 1 0 7 50 0 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 1 1 2
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
0 0 1.00 60.00 120.00
7425 1275 8700 1275
4 1 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 135 1140 6075 5325 Effect duration\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 1305 10200 3000 Effect magnitude\001
4 0 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 135 780 9150 3450 Fade level\001
4 1 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 1035 4275 1200 Attack length\001
4 1 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 180 885 8175 1200 Fade length\001
4 2 0 50 0 0 12 0.0000 4 135 930 2925 3375 Attack level\001

39
Documentation/input/shape.svg Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
<svg width="7.95in" height="3.70in" version="1.1" viewBox="1956 1041 9354.492 4306.001" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4200 3600 4200 3075 4950 2325 7425 2325 8250 3150 8250 3600" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="15"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4200 3675 4200 5400" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8250 3675 8250 5400" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3675 3600 8700 3600" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8775 3600 10200 3600" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8325 3150 9075 3150" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="7500 2325 10200 2325" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3600 3600 3e3 3600" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4125 3075 3e3 3075" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4217 5400 8158 5400" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8053 5430 8173 5400 8053 5370" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4322 5370 4202 5400 4322 5430" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="10125 2342 10125 3583" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="10095 3478 10125 3598 10155 3478" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="10155 2447 10125 2327 10095 2447" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3e3 3167 3e3 3583" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="2970 3478 3e3 3598 3030 3478" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3030 3272 3e3 3152 2970 3272" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="9075 3167 9075 3583" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="9045 3478 9075 3598 9105 3478" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="9105 3272 9075 3152 9045 3272" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4950 2325 4950 1200" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="7425 2325 7425 1200" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4200 3075 4200 2400 3600 1800 3600 1200" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8250 3150 8250 2475 8775 1950 8775 1200" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-dasharray="40, 40" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3617 1275 4933 1275" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="4828 1305 4948 1275 4828 1245" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="3722 1245 3602 1275 3722 1305" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="7442 1275 8683 1275" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="8578 1305 8698 1275 8578 1245" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<polyline transform="translate(-121.88 -68.4)" points="7547 1245 7427 1275 7547 1305" fill="none" stroke="#000" stroke-miterlimit="8" stroke-width="7"/>
<text x="5953.125" y="5256.6001" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" text-anchor="middle" xml:space="preserve">Effect duration</text>
<text x="10078.125" y="2931.5999" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">Effect magnitude</text>
<text x="9028.125" y="3381.5999" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" xml:space="preserve">Fade level</text>
<text x="4153.125" y="1131.6" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" text-anchor="middle" xml:space="preserve">Attack length</text>
<text x="8053.125" y="1131.6" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" text-anchor="middle" xml:space="preserve">Fade length</text>
<text x="2803.125" y="3306.5999" fill="#000000" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="144px" stroke-width=".025in" text-anchor="end" xml:space="preserve">Attack level</text>
</svg>
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.5 KiB

245
Documentation/input/uinput.rst Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
=============
uinput module
=============
Introduction
============
uinput is a kernel module that makes it possible to emulate input devices
from userspace. By writing to /dev/uinput (or /dev/input/uinput) device, a
process can create a virtual input device with specific capabilities. Once
this virtual device is created, the process can send events through it,
that will be delivered to userspace and in-kernel consumers.
Interface
=========
::
linux/uinput.h
The uinput header defines ioctls to create, set up, and destroy virtual
devices.
libevdev
========
libevdev is a wrapper library for evdev devices that provides interfaces to
create uinput devices and send events. libevdev is less error-prone than
accessing uinput directly, and should be considered for new software.
For examples and more information about libevdev:
https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libevdev/doc/latest/
Examples
========
Keyboard events
---------------
This first example shows how to create a new virtual device, and how to
send a key event. All default imports and error handlers were removed for
the sake of simplicity.
.. code-block:: c
#include <linux/uinput.h>
void emit(int fd, int type, int code, int val)
{
struct input_event ie;
ie.type = type;
ie.code = code;
ie.value = val;
/* timestamp values below are ignored */
ie.time.tv_sec = 0;
ie.time.tv_usec = 0;
write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie));
}
int main(void)
{
struct uinput_setup usetup;
int fd = open("/dev/uinput", O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK);
/*
* The ioctls below will enable the device that is about to be
* created, to pass key events, in this case the space key.
*/
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_EVBIT, EV_KEY);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_KEYBIT, KEY_SPACE);
memset(&usetup, 0, sizeof(usetup));
usetup.id.bustype = BUS_USB;
usetup.id.vendor = 0x1234; /* sample vendor */
usetup.id.product = 0x5678; /* sample product */
strcpy(usetup.name, "Example device");
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_SETUP, &usetup);
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_CREATE);
/*
* On UI_DEV_CREATE the kernel will create the device node for this
* device. We are inserting a pause here so that userspace has time
* to detect, initialize the new device, and can start listening to
* the event, otherwise it will not notice the event we are about
* to send. This pause is only needed in our example code!
*/
sleep(1);
/* Key press, report the event, send key release, and report again */
emit(fd, EV_KEY, KEY_SPACE, 1);
emit(fd, EV_SYN, SYN_REPORT, 0);
emit(fd, EV_KEY, KEY_SPACE, 0);
emit(fd, EV_SYN, SYN_REPORT, 0);
/*
* Give userspace some time to read the events before we destroy the
* device with UI_DEV_DESTOY.
*/
sleep(1);
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_DESTROY);
close(fd);
return 0;
}
Mouse movements
---------------
This example shows how to create a virtual device that behaves like a physical
mouse.
.. code-block:: c
#include <linux/uinput.h>
/* emit function is identical to of the first example */
int main(void)
{
struct uinput_setup usetup;
int i = 50;
int fd = open("/dev/uinput", O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK);
/* enable mouse button left and relative events */
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_EVBIT, EV_KEY);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_KEYBIT, BTN_LEFT);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_EVBIT, EV_REL);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_RELBIT, REL_X);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_RELBIT, REL_Y);
memset(&usetup, 0, sizeof(usetup));
usetup.id.bustype = BUS_USB;
usetup.id.vendor = 0x1234; /* sample vendor */
usetup.id.product = 0x5678; /* sample product */
strcpy(usetup.name, "Example device");
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_SETUP, &usetup);
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_CREATE);
/*
* On UI_DEV_CREATE the kernel will create the device node for this
* device. We are inserting a pause here so that userspace has time
* to detect, initialize the new device, and can start listening to
* the event, otherwise it will not notice the event we are about
* to send. This pause is only needed in our example code!
*/
sleep(1);
/* Move the mouse diagonally, 5 units per axis */
while (i--) {
emit(fd, EV_REL, REL_X, 5);
emit(fd, EV_REL, REL_Y, 5);
emit(fd, EV_SYN, SYN_REPORT, 0);
usleep(15000);
}
/*
* Give userspace some time to read the events before we destroy the
* device with UI_DEV_DESTOY.
*/
sleep(1);
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_DESTROY);
close(fd);
return 0;
}
uinput old interface
--------------------
Before uinput version 5, there wasn't a dedicated ioctl to set up a virtual
device. Programs supportinf older versions of uinput interface need to fill
a uinput_user_dev structure and write it to the uinput file descriptor to
configure the new uinput device. New code should not use the old interface
but interact with uinput via ioctl calls, or use libevdev.
.. code-block:: c
#include <linux/uinput.h>
/* emit function is identical to of the first example */
int main(void)
{
struct uinput_user_dev uud;
int version, rc, fd;
fd = open("/dev/uinput", O_WRONLY | O_NONBLOCK);
rc = ioctl(fd, UI_GET_VERSION, &version);
if (rc == 0 && version >= 5) {
/* use UI_DEV_SETUP */
return 0;
}
/*
* The ioctls below will enable the device that is about to be
* created, to pass key events, in this case the space key.
*/
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_EVBIT, EV_KEY);
ioctl(fd, UI_SET_KEYBIT, KEY_SPACE);
memset(&uud, 0, sizeof(uud));
snprintf(uud.name, UINPUT_MAX_NAME_SIZE, "uinput old interface");
write(fd, &uud, sizeof(uud));
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_CREATE);
/*
* On UI_DEV_CREATE the kernel will create the device node for this
* device. We are inserting a pause here so that userspace has time
* to detect, initialize the new device, and can start listening to
* the event, otherwise it will not notice the event we are about
* to send. This pause is only needed in our example code!
*/
sleep(1);
/* Key press, report the event, send key release, and report again */
emit(fd, EV_KEY, KEY_SPACE, 1);
emit(fd, EV_SYN, SYN_REPORT, 0);
emit(fd, EV_KEY, KEY_SPACE, 0);
emit(fd, EV_SYN, SYN_REPORT, 0);
/*
* Give userspace some time to read the events before we destroy the
* device with UI_DEV_DESTOY.
*/
sleep(1);
ioctl(fd, UI_DEV_DESTROY);
close(fd);
return 0;
}

77
Documentation/input/userio.txt → Documentation/input/userio.rst
View File

@@ -1,37 +1,47 @@
The userio Protocol
(c) 2015 Stephen Chandler Paul <thatslyude@gmail.com>
Sponsored by Red Hat
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.. include:: <isonum.txt>
1. Introduction
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
This module is intended to try to make the lives of input driver developers
===================
The userio Protocol
===================
:Copyright: |copy| 2015 Stephen Chandler Paul <thatslyude@gmail.com>
Sponsored by Red Hat
Introduction
=============
This module is intended to try to make the lives of input driver developers
easier by allowing them to test various serio devices (mainly the various
touchpads found on laptops) without having to have the physical device in front
of them. userio accomplishes this by allowing any privileged userspace program
to directly interact with the kernel's serio driver and control a virtual serio
port from there.
2. Usage overview
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In order to interact with the userio kernel module, one simply opens the
Usage overview
==============
In order to interact with the userio kernel module, one simply opens the
/dev/userio character device in their applications. Commands are sent to the
kernel module by writing to the device, and any data received from the serio
driver is read as-is from the /dev/userio device. All of the structures and
macros you need to interact with the device are defined in <linux/userio.h> and
<linux/serio.h>.
3. Command Structure
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The struct used for sending commands to /dev/userio is as follows:
Command Structure
=================
The struct used for sending commands to /dev/userio is as follows::
struct userio_cmd {
__u8 type;
__u8 data;
};
"type" describes the type of command that is being sent. This can be any one
of the USERIO_CMD macros defined in <linux/userio.h>. "data" is the argument
``type`` describes the type of command that is being sent. This can be any one
of the USERIO_CMD macros defined in <linux/userio.h>. ``data`` is the argument
that goes along with the command. In the event that the command doesn't have an
argument, this field can be left untouched and will be ignored by the kernel.
Each command should be sent by writing the struct directly to the character
@@ -39,31 +49,36 @@ device. In the event that the command you send is invalid, an error will be
returned by the character device and a more descriptive error will be printed
to the kernel log. Only one command can be sent at a time, any additional data
written to the character device after the initial command will be ignored.
To close the virtual serio port, just close /dev/userio.
4. Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~
To close the virtual serio port, just close /dev/userio.
4.1 USERIO_CMD_REGISTER
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Registers the port with the serio driver and begins transmitting data back and
Commands
========
USERIO_CMD_REGISTER
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Registers the port with the serio driver and begins transmitting data back and
forth. Registration can only be performed once a port type is set with
USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE. Has no argument.
4.2 USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sets the type of port we're emulating, where "data" is the port type being
USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sets the type of port we're emulating, where ``data`` is the port type being
set. Can be any of the macros from <linux/serio.h>. For example: SERIO_8042
would set the port type to be a normal PS/2 port.
4.3 USERIO_CMD_SEND_INTERRUPT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Sends an interrupt through the virtual serio port to the serio driver, where
"data" is the interrupt data being sent.
USERIO_CMD_SEND_INTERRUPT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
5. Userspace tools
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The userio userspace tools are able to record PS/2 devices using some of the
Sends an interrupt through the virtual serio port to the serio driver, where
``data`` is the interrupt data being sent.
Userspace tools
===============
The userio userspace tools are able to record PS/2 devices using some of the
debugging information from i8042, and play back the devices on /dev/userio. The
latest version of these tools can be found at: